NEGATIVE NO. 94 COPYRIGHT STATEMENT The copyright law of the United States (Title 17, United States Code) governs the making of photocopies or other reproductions of copyrighted materials including foreign works under certain conditions. In addition, the United States extends protection to foreign works by means of various international conventions, bilateral agreements, and Under certain conditions specified in the law, libraries and archives are authorized to furnish a photocopy or other reproduction. One of these specified conditions is that the photocopy or reproduction is not to be "used for any purpose other than private study, scholarship, or research." If a user makes a request for, or ater uses, a photocopy or reproduction for purposes in excess of "fair use," that user may be liable for copyright infringement. The Columbia University Libraries reserve the right to refuse to accept a copying order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order would involve violation of the copyright law. Author: Robrtzatm, Evart Grant Title: The a b c of exhibit I ■ planning Place: New York Date: 1918 COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES PRESERVATION DIVISION BIBLIOGRAPHIC MICROFORM TARGET MASTER NEGATIVE « ORIGINAL MATERIAL AS FILMED - EXISTING BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORD I I ■«•..' Business 263 R76 mmmm'immmm Routzahn, Evart G. m ... The a b c of exhibit planning, by Evart G. Routzahn| ... and Mary Swain Routzahn. New York, Russell Sage foundation, 1918. xiv,-7:M p. plates, plans, diagrs. 20^'". (Survey and exhibit series, ed. by S. M. Harrison) Editor's preface Signed: Shelby M. Harrison. Bibliography : p. 217-221. 1. Exhibitions. 2. U. S.— Soc. condit. 3. Social surveys. i. ^outz^n, Mrs."Mary Bray ton (Swain) 1880- (joint author] ii. Harrison, Shelby M., ed. III. Title, i v. Title : Exhibit plafming, the a 'b c of. Library of Congress ^ HV10.A2R7 Copy 2. Copyright A 506146 is22w3i RESTRICTIONS ON USE; TECHNICAL MICROFORM DATA RLM SIZE: 3Drvvvx DATE FILMED: REDUCTION RATIO: U- 2Z'^'A TRACKING # : \Xx IMAGE PLACEMENT: lA (H^ IB IIB INITIALS: \a]-vJ /yis*V C>'^^4- FILMED BY PRESERVATION RESOURCES. BETHLEHEM. PA. Intentional Second Exposures due to Photographs CJl 3 w R> — m —o 3 I Vm^ |HHBHi CO «9 N CO (Ji OvX ^-< 00 M O '^ ill 0,0 o m CfQ ^ 4^3 :^ QQ ^J BUM 0(/) ^ X N M ^ 5V: 4i^ V' O 3 3 4t. > in ^, s 3 3 Mill 1.2 = 9 Hill Oi II O Islsl s Is) (30 c> 00 ro O N3 1.0 mm 1.5 mm 2.0 mm ABCDEFGH I JKLMNOPQRSTU VWX YZ abcdetghijklmnopqfstuvwxyz 1234567890 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefgh i j kl mnopq rstu vwxyz 1 234567890 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstu vwxyz 1234567890 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 2.5 mm 1234567890 ^\r V fe^ .<'^ . #^ y> ^t3 fo ^fp •^. '^. ^^>#. 6^ A- ^^ 2'^ iy 4^ .^ ^ V ^ « "Sp ^^ o o > C CO 7^ O o» ni 39 O m 'i^ 4^ ^ ^^b en 3 3 «3' ■jf "'• 3x ■S 9C 5 ll ^-< ffi' -^ 3r; ^1 N (IB Columtna IHniberstttp LIBRARY School of Business If Siillc ir Hi IM jy /A sj' i SURVEY AND EXHIBIT SERIES EDITED BY SHELBY M. HARRISON THE ABC OF EXHIBIT PLANNING BY EVART G. ROUTZAHN ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR DEPARTMENT OF SURVEYS AND EXHIBITS RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION AND MARY SWAIN ROUTZAHN NEW YORK RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION MCMXVIII ~(Jbyu.'0 . ~ ^ 7 Copyright, 1918, by The Russell Sage Foundation H Printed October, 1918 Reprinted June, 1919 D X55 1?U ^ WM • r. FELL CO • PRINTERS FHILADELFUIA EDITOR'S PREFACE HOWEVER much men may disagree as to the applica- bility to American conditions of the program of re- construction of the British Labor Party, there is one plank which will command well-nigh unanimous approval. It runs: **The Labor Party has no belief in any of the prob- lems of the world being solved by good will alone. Good will without knowledge is warmth without light. Especially in all the complexities of politics, in the still undeveloped science of society, the Labor Party stands for increased study, for the scientific investigation of each succeeding problem, for the deliberate organization of research, and for a much more rapid dissemination among the whole people of all the science that exists." There are many ways, of course, of carrying out such a doctrine. At least two of them had taken form in this country long before the British Labor program was announced, indeed long before the war. The social surveys and social exhibits which have had such wide currency in the last ten years are merely other names for the careful investigation of the prob- lems of society as they emerge in particular localities, and for the specialized and wholesale educational use of the in- formation brought together in these and other ways. Indeed, the survey has been repeatedly defined as the application of scientific method to the study of community problems, plus such a distribution of the resulting facts and recommendations as to make them, as far as possible, the common knowledge of the community. The survey has thus combined social investigation and popular dissemination of data, and in the latter the exhibit has played an important part. But the exhibit may lay claim to being an independent social force, also. In America, for example, as in Great • ■ a m EDITOR S PREFACE Britain and elsewhere, recent years have seen an increase in scientific studies of all kinds. If the resulting facts are to be made the most of they must be put within the reach of all, and more quickly than heretofore. The exhibit by presenting ideas in ways that are interesting and readily grasped by the ordinary individual has proved an effective means to that end. While social investigations and popular educational cam- paigns, as typified in surveys and exhibits, have been carried on extensively, they have not begun to keep pace with the need. Nor have they always been made as effective as they could and should have been. It should no longer be re- garded as enough, in the exhibit field, for instance, merely to fill a hall with pictures, diagrams, and models; if informa- tion is to be spread effectively through symbols, more of the existing experience in interest-compelling presentation should be taken advantage of. It is recognized in both surveys and exhibits that a stan- dardized technique has not been fully worked out. Still a beginning has been made. Enough experience has been ac- cumulated to justify recording it and putting it at the dis- posal of those interested. With a view therefore to increasing the use of investigation in dealing with current community problems, and to making such investigations more effective, and with a view also to the wide-spread employment of better methods of disseminating helpful information, the Survey and Exhibit Series has been planned. The present book, the first in the series, deals with the exhibit side of the series. It gives attention mainly to the initial stages of exhibit production, the period when decisions are being made as to scope, purpose, and methods. As the title indicates, it is frankly introductory, dealing for the most part with the first questions which arise when graphic educa- tional work is to be planned. It urges the kind of intelligent, foresighted, and early planning that will mean a well directed shot at a mark rather than an aimless discharge at everything which hits nothing. iv EDITOR S PREFACE The material presented is drawn from the experience and observation of Mr. and Mrs. Routzahn over a long period, during which they directed the planning, preparation, and use of many exhibits, advised with many who were struggling with practical exhibit problems, and visited and studied lit- erally hundreds of exhibits in their various stages of develop- ment. With but few exceptions the suggestions offered have been tested in practice either by the authors or by others whose work they observed. Science, philosophy, and religion, someone has remarked, are the three handmaids of civilization. To help to put what they have to teach at the disposal not only of the favored few but of the many is the motive behind this publication. That way lie democracy and sound progress. Shelby M. Harrison. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGB Editor's Preface i« List of Illustrations xiii CHAPTER I Introductory i CHAPTER II Having a Plan 5 CHAPTER HI Why Do You Wish to Have an Exhibit? ... 12 The Special Function of an Exhibit . . . .14 Advantages of Exhibits 17 Limitations of Exhibits 19 By-products of Exhibits 20 CHAPTER IV Who Should See THE Exhibit? 21 Selecting the Audience 21 Classification of Audiences 24 Understanding the Audience 27 CHAPTER V What Will You Do With Your Exhibit? ... 30 Community Exhibition 31 Convention Exhibition 34 Train Exhibits 36 Traveling Campaign Exhibits 38 Loan Exhibits 40 ** Drop in" or Casual Exhibition .... 41 Exhibits at Fairs 43 Museum of Social Welfare 44 Window Exhibits . . 46 Exhibits for Waiting Room or Oifice .... 47 vii TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Exhibits for Post Offices and Railroad Waiting Rooms 4 Class Room Exhibits 4^ Platform Exhibits 49 Multiplication of an Exhibit 5© CHAPTER VI What Do You Wish To Say In Exhibit Form? . . 53 Choice of Subject Matter . . ... 53 Material Suited to the Purpose of the Exhibit . . 54 Material Appropriate to the Audience . . -55 One Idea at a Time 57 Material to Fit the Occasion 58 Subject Matter Adapted to Space . . • ; ; 5^ Subject Matter Adapted to Expression in Exhibit Form ^ Sources of Information ^ CHAPTER VIl What Exhibit Forms Will Best Express Your Facts AND Ideas? ^ Panels ^ Posters ^ Charts and Placards , * ^ ' ? Panels Reproduced as Halftones. Slides, and Leaflets 69 Illustrations for Panels 7o Photographs 7» Sketches, Maps, etc • 72 Diagrams 73 Objects and Models 74 Moving or Flashing Devices 77 Exhibits of Speech and Action 77 Demonstration of a Process ^ Group Demonstration ' °® • • • Vlll TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Small Conferences 82 Baby Health Conferences 82 Plays and Tableaux 83 Addresses and Stereopticon Talks .... 84 Motion Pictures 85 Exhibit Programs 86 CHAPTER VI 11 How Will You Utilize the Floor Space? ... 89 Placing of Exhibits 91 Placing of Exhibit Units in a Group . . . .91 Arrangement of Demonstration Space ... 94 Floor Plan of the Exhibition 96 Making the Floor Plan 99 CHAPTER IX How Shall the Exhibit BE Interpreted? . . .101 The Explainer 101 Short Talks for Interpretation 104 Interpretation Through Titles, Labels, and Explana- tory Statements 105 Printed Matter ^ . .106 CHAPTER X How Will the Project be Organized? How Get the Exhibits Made? 108 Responsibility for the Exhibition . . . .108 An Exhibition Directed by a Permanent Organiza- tion no Exhibition Organization 112 The Organizing Committee 113 Finding a Director 113 Making the Plan 1 14 Organizing the Administrative Machinery . .114 Exhibit Committees .115 iiillll TABLE OF CONTENTS PACB Getting the Exhibits Made . . . . • n9 Organization for the Publicity Work . . . .123 The Management of the Exhibition . . . .125 Oversight of Hall and Exhibits 126 Floor Management '27 Explainers and Demonstrators 128 Attendance of School Children . . . • »30 Paid Workers *5' Sales and Concessions , . . . • • • *3* CHAPTER XI How Will You Advertise Your Exhibit? . .133 Publicity Methods for an Exhibition . .133 Planning the Publicity Methods 136 News '39 Advertising '4* Personal Participation M3 Out-of-town Publicity M^ Those Who Do Not Come M7 Publicity Made Educational M^ Publicity for Loan, Rent, or Sales Exhibits . . 148 CHAPTER XH How Will You Follow Up the Exhibit? . . .152 Distribution of Printed Matter i53 Reference Lists and Displays . . . • • * 54 Enrolling Supporters or Memberships . . .155 Mailing and Visiting Lists . . . *. - • »56 Utilizing the Exhibit Organization . . . 157 CHAPTER XI 11 How Much May We Spend? '59 What the Money Pays For »6o What Have Other Exhibits Cost? .... 162 How Expenditures Should be Distributed . .164 X table of contents PAGE CHAPTER XIV Two Illustrative Plans For Using Exhibits . . 167 I. A Plan for a State Campaign Centering Around a Traveling Exhibit . . . .167 Object 167 Audience . 168 Use of the Exhibit . .169 The Exhibit Itself 170 Arrangement 174 Getting the Exhibit Made 174 Exhibits of Speech and Action 175 Publicity . . . 177 Organization 178 Cost 181 Follow-up Work 183 Extension of the Campaign 184 II. An Exhibit for Continuous Educational Work 185 Purpose and Audience 185 The Exhibit 186 Getting the Exhibit Made 188 Publicity and Use of Exhibit 188 Cost . . .191 APPENDICES A. The Basis of the Exhibit Budget .... 195 B. Outlines for Committee Work 199 C. Stamford Baby Week Exhibit 212 D. An Example of an Explainer's Talk . . .215 Bibliography. 217 Index 223 XI LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Miniature Street Scene ^43 A Badly Overloaded Panel . . . . . .14b Poster Exhibit on Babies' Sore Eyes . . . " 24a Poster Exhibit on Babies' Sore Eyes (continued) * '. 24b Train Exhibit ^^ "Drop-in" Exhibit on Health . .* ] [ ' .' 35^ A Demonstration in a City Square ..... 36b A Window Display . coa A Window Exhibit on Food Conservation . . * cob Suit Case Exhibit .' . 5od Construction Details of Suit Case Exhibit , . [ soe Multiplication of Exhibit Panels . . . . , 5of A Scene Reproduced in Three Dimensions . [ 54a Subject Matter Adapted to Exhibit Use . .' ' 54b Panel Form for Wage Commission Data . . ! 54c Good Health Habits Made Interesting . 54d Various Uses of Circles ....]!! 6oa Picture Diagrams •.....!. 60b Diagrams of Percentages .'60c Chart on Feeble-mindedness ....!! 6od Technical Versus Popular Exhibit Forms . . 6oe Material Not Adapted to Exhibit Use . . ! * 6of Sketches That Attract • .... 64a A Sample Exhibit Pane! ..!!![ 64b A Good Exhibit Panel ••.... 6&1 Poster Reproduced as a Lantern Slide . . [ 68b Poster for Bulletin Board of a Shop or Factory * ' 72a Photographs in Exhibits .... 72b Photographs That Tell a Story * 72c Objects Attached to Panels . . . 72d A Picturesque Use of a Map ... 74a Cleverness Versus Clearness ....*" 74b xni LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Two Ways of Illustrating the Fly Menace . A Diagram Having Motion .... A Clock to Emphasize Regularity . A Demonstration Well Adapted to an Exhibition "Mrs. Docare"and "Mrs. Dontcare" . . A Musical Program in Competition With Exhibits A Play Court as a Central Entertainment Feature The Playhouse of an Exhibition Scene From a Play About Babies . A Layout Sheet ....... Uses of Flashing Lights Sequence of Ideas in Panels .... Confusing and Uninteresting Grouping of Exhibits Well Planned Grouping of Exhibits in a Booth An Object Lesson in Bread Making on a Train Poor Grouping of Panels and Objects in a Booth Arrangement of a Demonstration Booth An Object Lesson Given by Contrasting Models Floor Plan of Chicago Patriotic Food Show , Floor Plan of the Springfield Survey Exhibition A Counter Display Well Arranged . Bad Arrangement of Exhibits on a Counter . A " Last Word " Section of an Exhibition . Post Cards from France . . . Advertising Devices . . .... Campaign Printed Matter A Successful Window Card .... A Distinctive Announcement . . An Attractive Method of Displaying Pamphlets Panel From "Eye Accidents" Series Model of a Night Recreation Scene PAGE 76a 76b 76b 78a 78b 8oa Sob 86a 86b 88a 88b 90a 90b 90c 9od 94a 94b 98a 98b 98c 98d 98d 104a 104b 136a 136b 142a 142b 154a i86a 186b XIV I INTRODUCTORY IN the following pages we have aimed to set down on behalf of people who may wish to use exhibits for promoting social welfare, what we believe to be the chief considerations involved in any exhibit plan. The suggestions offered are in- tended to be helpful especially in the initial stages of an exhibit project when decisions are being made as to scope, purpose, and method. In preparing these pages, we wish it had been possible for us more successfully to follow the ad- vice which it has been our custom to give to would- be exhibitors. That advice is to "visualize your audience." When we attempt to visualize the ex- hibitors of social welfare work who may seek help from this book, we despair of finding for any large proportion of our readers a common basis of ex- perience, of standards of effort and achievement, and of proposed expenditure. How to address them collectively thus becomes a problem. Among the persons who have written or have come to us for advice or information, those whom we have sometimes wished we might advise, and those with whom we have co-operated in preparing exhibits are: THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING People who, on the one hand, have had consid- erable experience in social welfare exhibits; and others in whose mind the phrase "social welfare exhibit" produces no picture at all because they have never before seen one or thought about one. People who want to make a single chart for use in connection with a meeting; and others who wish an elaborate exhibition in order to carry on an ex- tensive campaign. People who do not want to spend any money on their exhibit ; and others who want to get the best results from a generous expenditure of it. People who differ with us radically about many of our ideas ; and others who do not think ideas are necessary or important in an exhibit. These individuals or groups do not constitute a homogeneous body to which to offer suggestions. Indeed,it is to be feared that the main purpose which possible readers of this book will have in common is a negative one— that of seeking a kind of help that they will not find here and of finding, on the other hand, what they would not have dreamed of asking for. Our experience leads us to believe that those who seek advice in preparing an exhibit too often believe that their chief problems are such questions as whether panels should be made on composition board or canvas; whether they should make their exhibits so that they can be shipped by parcels post or freight ; where ready-made mate- rial can be borrowed for a particular occasion, and how much can be crowded into a given space. We INTRODUCTORY believe that only too often the real problems of would-be exhibitors are not these at all, but such questions as how to find the special and limited audience to whom their exhibits should be ad- dressed and adapted; how to select from a mass of information such facts and illustrations as will catch the attention and hold the interest of this special and limited audience; whether an exhibit is, after all, the best form in which to present their message; and other questions that strike deeper than the mere mechanics of preparation, essential as that is also, in its place. It is such matters as these that we wish to put before our readers for consideration, believing that the reason why many of them have not first of all made sure that these questions were being ade- quately handled is that they have not thought about them or appreciated their importance. But until exhibitors do realize the significance of just such problems, and that they come first in the se- quence of steps in exhibit making, the lesser ones are of practically no consequence at all. So we shall visualize our readers, with their widely varying experiences and purposes in rela- tion to exhibits, as a group to whom we hope to suggest a method of approaching their particular projects, and upon whom we would urge a keener analysis of the steps to be taken in carrying them through. A good exhibit has definite usefulness which jus- tifies careful planning. There has always been the 3 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING need of some quick, ready method of spreading in- formation that will arouse public interest in a nec- essary reform; for instance, in housing conditions, in public attention to health, in the community's attitude toward play. Information on social wel- fare is growing rapidly, and we must close the gap between the small group of socially informed people who keep abreast of this knowledge and the great mass of those whose understanding and co-opera- tion must be gained before the application of the knowledge can be made. The exhibit has already played an important part in closing this gap, particularly on the sub- jects of public health, child welfare, and the care of certain groups of people who have become depen- dent. But for the most part it has been a clumsy tool, awkwardly used. Its technique is not yet established. It has not reached that point where anyone can say, "This is the best way." For this reason this volume is not presented as a text book. What we are trying to show in these pages is that the exhibit has possibilities beyond any that have yet been realized as a factor in the spreading of social ideals. II HAVING A PLAN TO a great extent all kinds of business ven- tures are now being studied and analyzed from many angles. The man who has some- thing to sell studies the market; the methods of selling; methods of display; whether this corner ' or that, this neighborhood or that, is the strategic location for disposing of his particular kind of mer- chandise; the Organization and management of employes; the psychology of credit giving to cus- tomers; the psychology of advertising. In fact, each and every element in the enterprise is thought out in relation to the result desired, which is, of course, business success. Any enterprise, large or small, has a much greater chance of success if it is approached with a clear-cut, definite plan based on such analysis as a good business man would make. If this method were applied to the plan of a social welfare exhibit, the elements of the problem would probably resolve themselves somewhat as follows: 1. Purpose. What are the results sought? Why does it seem likely that an exhibit will help to bring about these results? 2. Audience. What groups or types of people do you wish the exhibit to reach? Even among 5 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING these you may need to make a choice. If so, which groups can you hope, or does it appear practicable, to reach? 3. Method of Exhibiting. What will you do with the exhibit? A.* Jl JL«Av>«C« Where will you display it? In a vacant store, a library, an armory, a railroad car? b. Time. For how long will you display it? A week, a month, a year? c. Occasion. What sort of an occasion will you make of it? A conspicuous event? An incident to some larger occurrence? A specialized project? 4. The Exhibit Coatent What are the raw materials, the facts, the ideas to be set forth? What are the tests of their suitability and adapt- ability? 5. Form of Exhibit Material. What types or forms will best display your raw materials? That is, are small panels to be used, or models, cartoons, and objects, or combinations of several of these forms? What special features or attractions will add to their effectiveness? 6. Exhibit Arrangement. How will you utilize your floor space? 7. Interpretation. How shall the exhibit be ex- plained to visitors? 6 having a plan 8. Organization and Construction. Under what auspices will the exhibit be carried on? How can professional and volunteer co-operation be organ- ized for preparing, advertising, and using the ex- hibit? How will you get it made? 9. Publicity. How will you induce people to come? Or if you have an exhibit which you wish others to borrow, rent, or buy, how will you get them to do it? 10. After-use. How in your follow-up work will you clinch the favorable impression created by the truths taught by the exhibit? How make people act upon what has been demonstrated? 11. Cost. How much should be spent on the whole enterprise? How distribute the sum to cover panels, booths, management, advertising, and the other items? An exhibitor or exhibit committee could easily prepare a plan by following the letter rather than the spirit of the above outline. He could complete this plan in a brief time, but if followed, the results would be of small value. The analysis of this plan in relation to a baby-week campaign, for instance, might run something like this: The purpose? To save babies and to get more baby nurses. Why an exhibit? Because everybody likes to look at pictures and objects, especially those about babies. The audience? We want the public, everybody — THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING mothers, fathers, city officials, everyone who will come. What will be the method of exhibiting? We will get the largest hall in town and fill it with pictures and panels of babies and with baby things. The exhibit will be open all day and each evening for a week. While it lasts it will be the biggest event in town. The exhibit content and form of material? We will write around and borrow as many exhibits as we can get about health, milk, babies, and anything relating to child welfare. We will ask the health department to lend us any material it has; the stores will give us baby things; the visiting nurses have some photographs. The schools will make some signs for us. The nurses will talk to the mothers. We will have a different speaker every afternoon and evening, and motion pictures if we can get them. Everybody comes if there are fff movies. »» Organization? A few people do all the work anyway, so we will not have any committees, but we will invite the leading organizations to help and put a lot of names of prominent people on our letter-heads to give the affair the proper backing. Construction time? We can be ready in two or three weeks if we can get the exhibits. Publicity? The newspapers will give plenty of space to anything about babies, so we will have no trouble on that score. We will use window cards 8 HAVING A PLAN to advertise, and give dodgers to the school chil- dren to distribute. After-use? The nurses will do the follow-up work and get the results desired. Cost? Everything is to be contributed, but a few of us will "chip in" and pay for incidental ex- penses or any deficit. Such a plan and an analysis as this is not an unusual method of approach to the organizing of an exhibit, except that all exhibits are not thought out even as conscientiously as was the case in this imaginary baby-week campaign. We may go further and imagine that the com- mittee which thus analyzes its job held what it con- sidered to be a very successful exhibition. Many people came. The papers, as prophesied, gave much space. Some people spoke with enthusiasm about the affair. Some definite results were checked up, as, for instance, the finding of a number of babies that needed medical attention. But before this committee too hastily decides to do the same thing in the same way again, we should like to ask it to examine its success a little more closely. Many people came, no doubt; but were they the people to whom the exhibit was addressed? Did as many of these come as might have attended had a well-directed effort been made to interest them? And of the people who did come and who looked and listened, how many do you feel confident grasped what the panels and cartoons were really meant to convey? Did they show any evidences THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING of being impressed with their truths or of going home resolved to do their share toward saving babies? And that space in the paper; was it filled with the kind of news that grips the reader's mind and imagination? Did it really carry your message or was the space mostly taken up with mention of "prominent people" who loaned their names? Even with the most careful planning we cannot be sure of success, and we can be much too easily satisfied with vague results that give pleasurable emotions to a committee which is not ready to apply the sound after-discipline of checking up. A businesslike method calls for an examination of the project at the moment of undertaking, and for a careful and thorough study of all sorts of details at several stages of preparation. In the following pages, each of the questions asked in the list given above is discussed. As the term " exhibit "^ covers many diverse types, and as exhibits of social data present special difficulties as well as special opportunities, we have not at- tempted to lay down rules in relation to any of the factors involved. Furthermore, we are keenly aware of the extent to which personal preferences and opinion govern one in making suggestions. » A distinction is made throughout this book in the use of the terms "exhibit" and "exhibition." Exhibit is used to designate the thing exhibited, a panel, a poster, a model, or a device, one or a group of the units which taken together make up the total display of the ex- hibition. By exhibition, on the other hand, is meant the event or the occasion, the thing you go to; it includes the exhibits as a whole, the act of exhibiting or showing them, and the personal performances going OR in connection with them. 10 HAVING A PLAN Still, by applying the methods of analysis generally accepted in other fields to the problems of an ex- hibit, we can arrive at some fairly acceptable prin- ciples and conclusions as a basis for working out individual exhibit problems. II Ill WHY DO YOU WISH TO HAVE AN EXHIBIT? THOSE who see their objective clearly may answer our title question, " Because we want to get something done. We wish, for in- stance, to show foreign women of the tenements that flies carry disease," or "We want to create a demand for a law raising the age limit for compul- sory education." A clear purpose in undertaking an exhibit may seem so obvious as scarcely to need stating. Yet it happens in a surprisingly large number of instances that those who plan exhibits see their objective so vaguely as to say in answer to the question of pur- pose, "We want an exhibit to show at the annual meeting of the Woman's Club," or "We have been offered space in an industrial exposition and we want to get up an exhibit to put in it." An exhibit is, to be sure, something to show or with which to occupy space, just as a speech can be something to occupy tirhe or fill the air with sound. We are all aware of the futility of speeches of this sort, but curiously enough, many people are readily satisfied with exhibits that are merely something to show and to occupy space, even though the rather pur- WHY DO YOU WISH TO HAVE AN EXHIBIT? poseless plan may call for much effort and not a little expense. With a definite purpose in view, with a clear end in mind toward which all your planning is directed, you can test each step in the exhibit preparation by its usefulness in relation to that purpose. If your exhibit is aimed to teach tene- ment mothers to keep flies out, you know at once that you must devise special methods of inducing this reluctant group to come and see your exhibit ; that detailed scientific or technical charts demon- strating the method in which flies carry disease germs will not be very convincing to them; that in addition to making the fly menace clear, you will need to demonstrate very simply and prac- tically how windows can be screened at small ex- pense, or how as an alternative it is at least possible to keep flies away from the baby and from the food. In fact, everything you do in preparing for the ex- hibit — the choosing of time, place, ideas, forms, words, explainers, follow-up—is almost sure to be different from and much more specific than would be the case had you not clearly defined your objec- tive and directed your whole effort toward it. If the effort is worth making, obviously the end in view must be something worth while, and you are likely to reach that end just in so far as you start out with a definite and worth-while purpose and keep the purpose before you at every step of the preparation. Most social workers at best can accomplish but a small part of what they would 13 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING like to do. Why, then, waste effort on making an exhibit for so vague a purpose as just to lend to women's clubs or to show at an annual meeting or at county fairs? Why fire a stray or scattering shot if it is possible by taking aim to hit a target? The Special Function of an Exhibit We have been somewhat insistent as to the im- portance of the exhibitor seeing clearly the definite purpose to be served by the use of an exhibit. A necessary condition of having such a purpose is an understanding of what results may reasonably be expected from an exhibit. We have asked, "What do you wish to accomplish by means of an ex- hibit?" and a fair counter question may well be, "What can we expect to accomplish through one?" Our reply to this would be that the function of an exhibit in a campaign of education is to get atten- tion and to create public opinion. The exhibitor, for example, whose purpose was to stimulate a de- mand for a law raising the age for compulsory education, probably had this function in mind. Before a legislature will pass a measure requiring children to go to school one or two years longer, legislators must be made aware of a public opinion in favor of such a law. This public opinion may be created, to some extent at least, by placing be- fore the citizens in exhibit form such striking facts, illustrations, and convincing arguments as will get the attention of those who may have been indif- ferent, will grip their imagination and set them to 14 %1 .a ■Ci. S o v. *-> E '^ = O f^ rt «i: d* -^ 3 « "-^ u E = '- PS aj c oj ^ rt^ 3J w ^ "0.79. O O 22 to -■^ o-S. O C "35 ^ O D. Cl. 3 (J a. E o H u Z UJ u H U UJ cc H CO UJ a: D H < C E .OJ (/I 3 E _ ^'a gj "C D. 3-£2 Cl 1) S? OJ «5 o _2 ««- -E j_. ''^ ^ C I- «. t >» O > 4-1 c — o o r- = c c S" . aj •*-• ■*-• > ™ id > o ^ •=XIJ= 3 Si U 3J= .E >^u o « > o •^ ii» C ^ -a x: OS «^ o o g- a> o en O JC .Et3 •^ S .E 13 a> *- x: o +-< PS in rt — t- a; Se bO rs CUD O, •S c -g o > C o _o O u c -a c/5 as C (U 14a THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING like to do. Why, then, waste effort on making an exhibit for so vague a purpose as just to lend to women's clubs or to show at an annual meeting or at county fairs? Why fire a stray or scattering shot if it is possible by taking aim to hit a target? The Special Function of an Exhibit We have been somewhat insistent as to the im- portance of the exhibitor seeing clearly the definite purpose to be served by the use of an exhibit. A necessary condition of having such a purpose is an understanding of what results may reasonably be expected from an exhibit. We have asked, "What do you wish to accomplish by means of an ex- hibit?" and a fair counter question may well be, "What can we expect to accomplish through one?" Our reply to this would be that the function of an exhibit in a campaign of education is to get atten- tion and to create public opinion. The exhibitor, for example, whose purpose was to stimulate a de- mand for a law raising the age for compulsory education, probably had this function in mind. Before a legislature will pass a measure requiring children to go to school one or two years longer, legislators must be made aware of a public opinion in favor of such a law. This public opinion may be created, to some extent at least, by placing be- fore the citizens in exhibit form such striking facts, illustrations, and convincing arguments as will get the attention of those who may have been indif- ferent, will grip their imagination and set them to «4 14a O •ft. O Z o H UU Ul Qi H UJ ai H < ' M 52 nj c- •"■ EX c "^ • o t^ 15 4J T3 aj 3 « u aj c 2i E ^ 3 O 4> ^ z . — « 0._bp S (U 'C O. 3 xs V) 1> 31 ■SI o c .a. >. Xl V '(« ■rr o a. Q. 3 ti "" > C w. rt> ** =3 ^ E 5P £ z S-^ O oH:E T3 C ca I- w aj I- E '" E ^ o E ^3 bO o c > c >, E m O o U 3 ~ O c a o ^ *-' 4-1 c — o (U (U > O ^ *^ u 3 J= ■= > ^ o a, t^"^^ "" c ^ |i»M ^, , I^Hia c^ C o O O o o 2 = C .9 •t-t cs (U E o (/] o (U 0) fc- k. .— o 3-s XJ o ~ c TO g (U u O « — T 00 O. ■E c -a o 2.2 O u (A CIS i"B N U ^E £.2 lu a. O (A '^ SCHOOL ITEMS OF INTCREST '^^.J^OJl . ^tUSaOBi LiMlllCS il aCKITlir SCMMlS-aflJ UTftC IIMieM lIMASIf J. TBrw fmm,in.m. m,m w»t» nnm "' iittCMiifuniitfs ltK|iAlDOff.«ieariii IK ifiiii'-iisJiiiif fu iiii ri iitf, tM (liriei Ill bftm tfumm mmt iiMtiiiirtis. tOflllt. Ev mwm. Mreitic. wustt SIWIMS. Ill ' 11, fill. ; till, ill :,;;:iiii i l.l'M.1.1il'"ll I. J'WJV-llil UlfWHII' IMICfl: rue-iK Mu KLi« rue f» no. ^^ mint ti 14 scwii iiTMBtt m nrnm mu '' '''" '' ' '" ''<' ' - ':>u ii'ittiiif ■ TI4NIC mills FM tuam.m m ' '"* * CiMlflCTllHitifi IT riff iWiiiit ff ittcw. i icn««ii 'imsfi i«t iTC'iiiMn m foii irsiiiiiMTiii itmm. liim im tm seifot mutt II siwf iimm. il«l II iiiT aiMiiiM! scNiou* iiiia mmt ir mu mn g||_tifiiii mi. iMiiuiL flut-MNi isiw fi wiis «r ciir or m, ifiis if eirniLtCMUiEM cmiileo ti caMricTc mum urn ,. . , loiKiaiTiiii lis lifiicii tfrEiOiM twruco wio mmm. mmHiktsni TI riiciii cNiLOtci uufi ti mis or m. i cainiMAicf nri rarnc \ !'■ xDL'i ( )vi ki (i\i»i 1) l*\M r 14b A Badly Overloaded Panel The illustration opposite is an example similar to that on page 61 of a mistaken idea of the functions of exhibits. It was one of a large series of panels most of them as heavily worded as this, the whole group forming one feature of an extensive exhibit which was in turn only a small part of a great exposition. Clearly it was not appro- priate to display on walls such information as this, which in order to be comprehended required the closest examination. Then, too, the reading matter itself, when one has endeavored to give it close attention, proves to be mainly a catalogue of accom- plishments. The difficulty in reading so much mate- rial is greatly increased by the exclusive use of capital letters. Compare this panel with any of those reproduced on other pages, where the text is in lower case type, and note the difference in readability. The gummed letters used on this panel were to be had only in capitals with a shiny sur- face, both of which facts prove serious drawbacks to their use in the text of exhibit panels. Capitals are excellent for titles, for brief statements, and for occasional em- phasis; but no one ever thinks of printing a book or even a leaflet all in capitals, and neither should the text of a panel be made up entirely of them. »5 SCKOOl ITEMS er IHTtitCST mu 35 Tfl 50 CWf PJLir S£L£CT£» COUIir»T. : '' EaUAUr OIIIO£0. BETWECI STIrt lOOKS SEIT IT U EA EACH CORTAININS f 9(M ONE OF mi LAICESr LIISARO II m U OlEi DI/IINt THE TE«l.l.fiS8.S00 BOMS. TE4MEI. SfSlllCm -. -_-fflirE*CHOS'US£. I i mmu FMESE ciijstfflfly immi$ m m mmi of mme e ^ert r£4ci»£R •ifl?/*!^*!" " *"* "" ""'" *"^ T" *"''• *"" THE SCHOOL m TAlflSMI THEM HOW TO REIO, ■•r KfELWiii I mn m etflo loois n the earliei nm of smoil Lif£.A»o of making f ufure ^ liADEIS AIO nmU FW • ,„ LIIHAUIES. Hi mfUUm SF KiMOEDEARTEN METHOOS U TEACHIIIS DEAF ILIMD A HO OTHER KARBICAPrtB CWUIEI. IliUtURATlOl Of TElMiifi £|«ilSH TO FOREISk-MRN KII«[)Et6*»TE» MOTHERS. '«««. r. I™':fil!5,f ""*"'"' "'""" " ^"""""OS 0F3VER-A8f SIRL! BELOW THE 7» TEAR. :!r.SrFP^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ '" ^* '''''' ^'^^""^ ^^ ^^"'"« ^"^'^^ Mfaiai mttS?-fA*!i!«^*i"Jr'^*' "'"^**^ ""*^^ ^""^ L'« WILT THE TNIMSS TAUSHT. MEOICAL IISfECTJtl IN CMfClATtOR WITH »fS(TI»S PHYSiCIARS AIO »(lttf| Of THE OEPARTMERT OF HEALTH. 'after SCrOfli SeSi.*""'" "^ ^*"^'"'"" "°^"' ^^*"" '^ "«f f«HW*i ^^ *CH£RS IH SCHOOLS 6ARiEllTS^«r*"^" ""^ 81f C^ILDHEK 4«0 WORH ATSRAOl/ATIOH EXERCISES. 182.178 FULL SIZE ,r.«.,^ fSrARliSHED III MART ELEMEllTART SCHOOLS. WEEKLT DEPOSITS BT PUPILS WITH TEACHERS. TOTAL DEPOSITS PLACED IN SAVtISS 8ANX. INOIVIDUAL PASS-BOOKS ISSUED TO PUPILS AT END OF TERM. «..««r-r««..I«!.L!f "",*""• ""^^^"^ OF CAPITALS CHILDREN ENABLED TO COMPLETE EDUCATION WHO iOttJ OTNCIWtSC BE COMPaLEO TO GO TO WORK; CLOTHING AND MEDICAL ATTENDANCE SUPPLIED WHEN NECESSART For The SSlSmVeWCAtViT^^^^ ^^ ""^'^ '^"'^"^" """^ '* '"""'*"•"' "' ^ JET / ■*^ 1 « p- / C r sss Zi' ^ "S k c r a. 2 -0 J- Ik JZ •^^ (= *l m en c -a c c c > 1/5 'E 3 "a O. '"t CI. 4, -T3 o > UJ Oi. o C/5 UJ n < CO z o I X UJ ce: ui H 1/5 o a. ce a c o « y U 3 U Q T3 a. ■<-- b> O Si <^ « ^O P3 a> I- C T3 — RJ .0 lU o o ■^rf LLm O o. JZ (SI x: II 24a THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING 1 . Public-spirited people who were in a position to promote legislation making treatment of babies' eyes at birth compulsory. 2. Doctors and midwives who would give the treatment. 3. Mothers who should be most vitally con- cerned in the welfare of their own babies. It was decided that the exhibit would lose much of its force and directness if the appeal were made to people with such varying points of view as these three groups. So the choice fell on the mothers, particularly on the poorly educated mothers whom it was necessary to make understand a few simply stated facts. The appeal to these women could not have been made half so direct and simple had they not been selected as the one definite group for whom the exhibit was prepared. Incidentally, the appeal probably lost little of its force and value to a much larger and more intelligent audience. Classification of Audiences When we speak of "definite groups of people" as making up a desired audience we mean those for whom the exhibit should have some special signi- ficance. Fortunately these people usually possess certain traditions, interests, or circumstances in common. The classification given below indicates some of the factors to be taken into account in dis- tributing people into prospective exhibit audiences or clienteles. These groups are by no means mu- tually exclusive, but they are composed of indi- 24 x: El ^ -J = ■V mm r. '^ ^ = Ez r -' ^ Z /. CL C_ ^ 3 - C ^ •— n C -.r. N X 24a II M ••> S? e o x: M ^ C^ > o «- s x: o *-• u •« ^ 1 "^ — 1 ^ "o] > ^'^ o E O i» *-> "^ o o O il c "S o Jo i« JC c (4 *-• aj ~ 3 T3 ■*-* ■*" u a 3 2 « o *~ x: X a> is ^ .S > ?3 O T3 O .3 JC ^ ■C o o E *- O x: O (A 4-^ X! c *- «-• .^ E'o c > ra c~ E c x: V > -C u aj -c c o- en bC OJ c •- O fli ^ aj it> 3 *- 'J o£ C *' x: « E aj -o O 0^ ^ c 1* Qj ~- (/> (« £i E C .2 >. *-"! C ao E bO 3 ^ "2 o. C Q O. 22 rt 2S-^E^ O X) > m bO a. in 3 .2 > "^Tif f o ^y =, _j * > < ^>- ■^— — ) ^-o _ -I I § 5S O O /J "~" ^ 3 O O) V 4> x: H 24b WHO SHOULD SEE THE EXHIBIT? viduals or bodies to whom a certain exhibit should be specially interesting or applicable. They may be defined according to: Occupation. Merchants, mine owners, mine operators, factory owners, superintendents, miners, railroad workers, skilled mill workers, day laborers, clerks, professional people, housewives, farmers, lumbermen, and the like. A complete list would be long. We would naturally aim to get housewives to come to an exhibit on food values, industrial workers and employers to one on industrial acci- dents. Background of Information. The college grad- uates, high school graduates, those with grammar school experience or less, illiterates, people with poor or average education. We may divide this group again, in relation to its knowledge of the special topic of the exhibit, as having none at all, or having a general, a technical, or a specialized knowledge of the subject. An exhibit demonstrat- ing food values in terms of proteids, carbohydrates, fats, and minerals, and the measuring of foods in calories, would obviously not be intended for the ordinary cook, tenement mother or housewife, but for people familiar with these terms. Age. School children, adolescent boys and girls, young men an4 women, mature people. An ex- hibit on sex hygiene will need to be planned with very careful reference to the particular age and sex of the audience it is intended to reach. Degree of Responsibility. Parents, teachers, 25 * I r f ■ i fj^>- i^ ^ c ujuj -c^-S cS QC LU S3 LLJ ^^ o ^ JB o;So >- S ^ -J X U in O B D- — C « Q. OJ x: 24b WHO SHOULD SEE THE EXHIBIT? viduals or bodies to whom a certain exhibit should be specially interesting or applicable. They may be defined according to: Occupation. Merchants, mine owners, mine operators, factory owners, superintendents, miners, railroad workers, skilled mill workers, day laborers, clerks, professional people, housewives, farmers, lumbermen, and the like. A complete list would be long. We would naturally aim to get housewives to come to an exhibit on food values, industrial workers and employers to one on industrial acci- dents. Background of Infonnation. The college grad- uates, high school graduates, those with grammar school experience or less, illiterates, people with poor or average education. We may divide this group again, in relation to its knowledge of the special topic of the exhibit, as having none at all, or having a general, a technical, or a specialized knowledge of the subject. An exhibit demonstrat- ing food values in terms of proteids, carbohydrates, fats, and minerals, and the measuring of foods in calories, would obviously not be intended for the ordinary cook, tenement mother or housewife, but for people familiar with these terms. Age. School children, adolescent boys and girls, young men andi women, mature people. An ex- hibit on sex hygiene will need to be planned with very careful reference to the particular age and sex of the audience it is intended to reach. Degree of Responsibility. Parents, teachers, 25 iiiiiiiiii I II I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING ctergymen, city or state officials, employers, labor leaders; or, ie other words, the persons who can di- rectly promote reforms for the benefit of those under theircontrol or guidance. An exhibit on law enforce- ment should reach the city or state officials charged with the administration of the laws involved. Qigtnized Gfoups. Members or officials of organized bodies that may speak for their whole membership, as vestries of churches, trustees of colleges, managers of hospitals, officers of labor unions, lodges, civic and commercial associations. A proposed civic improvement, such as a play- ground or a series of infant welfare stations, needs the support of the organized bodies of a com- munity, and the exhibit should be seen by repre- sentatives of these in their official capacity. Pmnts of View Toward fhe Topic. Friends of the movement or people indifferent to or opposed to it. An exhibit whose object is to get a child labor law passed will probably be planned to arouse the conscience of indifferent people or to bestir friends of the movement to action . Since to do this may require a dramatic presentation of bad con- ditions endured under the present law or its abuse, it is hardly to be expected that the exhibit would win over employers whose humanity is being chal- IcMgpd or whose pocketbook is likely to be affected by the proposed new law. At any rate, the exhibit would hardly be planned for them primarily. Those groups and individuals whose sympathies are normally with such a reform should be enlisted first. 36 WHO SHOULD SEE THE EXHIBIT? Wealth or Poverty. People of great wealth on the one hand, or those receiving bare living wages or less than a living wage, on the other, will not be greatly interested in an exhibit on ways of reducing waste in the home; with the first group the incentive is slight, and with the second the possibility of saving is practically nil But an exhibit of home-made ice-boxes, fireless cookers, or the like, has a direct appeal to people with moderate incomes. Understanding the Audience A number of other factors besides those that can be listed under group definition must be con- sidered in visualizing your audience. Will it gather solely in answer to your invitation or to the direct publicity of the campaign, or will it be assembled for some other purpose rather than the exhibit? Will people merely "drop in" casually or will they be led to come for the purpose of seeing the ex- hibits? Will they be in holiday mood, as at an amusement park, or preoccupied, fagged and hur- ried, as at a convention? Will they be sightseers with a desire to look at everything, but with atten- tion quickly distracted as at an exposition; tired and confused because of long standing, crowding, and noise, as at a fair? As has already been indicated, the circum- stances, traditions, and interests of the people who constitute your audience have a direct bear- ing on the content and form of your exhibit. 27 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING These considerations, such as deciding what kinds or groups of people should see the exhibit, and planning it in direct relation to their mental capacity and their industrial and social affiliations, are emphasized here because they are ordinarily so much neglected. Exhibitors are probably misled by the methods of those advertisers who spread their advertising broadcast without much apparent effort to sort out from the mass of people those most likely to buy their product. But social workers do not have the enormous financial re- sources which this method of finding a public requires. There are many advertisers who aim to girdle the globe with engaging statements about their products. We all know how impossible it was for years to escape from Sunny Jim and Sozo- dont. But newspaper and billboard publicity are only parts of the selling plan of these merchants. They have many methods of reaching selected groups with special selling schemes adapted to them; and in this latter effort they do exactly what is advocated here — they seek to visualize and understand their audience. The social welfare exhibitor has neither money nor effort to spend on "broadcast" exhibiting, and if he should venture to display his posters and panels without any rela- tion to a selected clientele, he would be likely to exhaust his resources and to have nothing left with which to follow up his initial efforts. Again, many exhibitors, even after selecting their prospects, promptly forget them. Recently 28 WHO SHOULD SEE THE EXHIBIT? a poster on health habits was prepared especially for school children. But those who prepared the poster, after deliberately deciding that its appeal was to be made directly to school children, must have straightway forgotten their decision, because the poster said as many things to parents as it did to children. Some of the terms used were quite unfamiliar to them. And assurance that children would follow the kind of advice given was almost wholly dependent on the initiative of their parents. Although the thing is not easy, it is nevertheless worth while to concentrate one's exhibit effort at a given time and place on a particular group. This does not mean leaving out other groups entirely. It means reaching one group in one way, a second in another, and ultimately accomplishing much more because each effort, however small, has been effective. 29 WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? THIS question needs to be answered before we are ready to consider the content and form of the exhibit. It includes several closely related questions which, for convenience, we may consider under the general topic, " Method of Exhibiting." These questions are as follows: 1 . Time. Will the exhibit be permanent or tem- porary? If temporary, will it be shown for a few days or weeks? If permanent, continu- ously or at intervals? 2. Place. Will it be displayed in a single city, town, or neighborhood, or by traveling be seen by many people in different localities or states? In what sort of a place will it appear? A window, a school room? A small hall? An armory? A railway car? 3. Circumstances. Will its appearance consti- tute a special event, thoroughly advertised, or will it be incidental and make but a casual appeal to passers who may see the exhibit and drop in? Will it be related to any other oc- currence (as a convention), or is it to be an affair by itself? 30 WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? These three considerations then, time, place, and circumstances, form the basis for classifying the exhibit enterprises noted below. The distin- guishing feature of a given type of exhibit is in some instances the place, in others the time or cir- cumstances, but not necessarily all three. The various types described here will serve also to suggest the wide range of possibilities in the use of exhibits. The extent of the enterprise and the auspices under which an exhibit is held are to some extent considered in the discussions of types which follow, but it seems best to leave the detailed discussion of these factors for other chapters. Community Exhibition By a community exhibition is meant one held in the largest hall available, lasting one or two weeks and made a conspicuous event because of the na- ture of the facts gathered, the impressiveness with which they have been displayed, and the partici- pation of various important bodies, together with the widespread publicity campaign accompanying its presentation. Such an exhibition becomes an event in which many kinds of people, by virtue of their actual connection with the industrial, edu- cational, or civic problems discussed should be vitally interested; it is something taking place which is of large enough proportions to stir the imagination of all the people and to give them a feeling of taking part in a project of importance. 31 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Examples: Child welfare and baby welfare ex- hibitions, such as have been held in many cities; the survey exhibition in Springfield, Illinois; bud- get exhibitions; city planning exhibitions; "What the Consumer Should Know" exhibition. Because of the extent of the project, the com- munity exhibition should be undertaken only after all who may be concerned in putting it through have discussed it from many angles. The spending of large sums of money, the preparation of many exhibits all requiring the detailed attention of a ntimber of people, the necessity to describe con- ditions accurately and to state facts authorita- tively, the organization of the enterprise on a scale to guarantee it due publicity and a large atten- dance, all of these things should be fully considered before the affair is taken up. The size of the undertaking makes the question of results especially pertinent. What may be hoped for from an enterprise of this kind? If your pur- pose is to impress specific information upon large numbers of people, so that they will remember it and act upon it, you could undoubtedly find other educational methods better adapted to the end in view than this one. In a large city, especially, the necessity of overcoming distances, of inducing peo- ple to make long journeys to see a new and sus- piciously "educational" kind of show, in itself pre- sents large difficulties. Our observation of many exhibitions makes us believe that this method will reach a smaller number of people than could be 33 WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? reached if the same expenditure of effort were put upon carrying your information to the public in- stead of upon trying to bring them to you. In a city of small distances this objection does not hold. Again, those who do attend, see at one time a variety and an amount of information impossible to assimilate in the few hours of a single visit and under the conditions of noise and crowding that are likely to obtain. The same amount and vanety of information parceled out piecemeal would make a much stronger and more permanent appeal. The bigger the show the greater the variety of material there is likely to be, and consequently the greater likelihood of confusion of ideas in the minds of visitors. If, on the other hand, your purpose is largely to arrest attention in order to get some outstanding facts and figures before the community as a whole, to bring a general topic into prominence during a brief period with a view to launching a campaign of education for a longer period before, coincident with, and after the exhibition, your chances for results from the community exhibition are reason- ably good. In the large child welfare exhibits, for instance, held in a number of cities, many people who at- tended became aware for the first time of the exist- ence of a large volume of highly specialized knowl- edge concerning the problems of childhood. They saw that gin amazing number of people and organi- 3 33 } k THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING lations were carrying on great enterprises which dealt with some one or more aspects of child-care. From that time forward these citizens held a new respect for this field of effort, recognizing that it deserved an important place in the thought and attention of themselves and the community. Many visitors, too, learned that worth-while in- formation was available which they could apply to the better home care of their own children. The real achievement was not so much the passing on of definite facts or sets of facts, as the awakening of a previously indifferent community. We would say, therefore, that it is only when a majority of those concerned in the project feel that such an awakening is needed and that there is some pros- pect of achieving it, that a community exhibition should be undertaken. Convention Exhibition An exhibition of the type to be described next is held during the period of a national, state, or other gathering in a convention city, the exhibition being one of the events of the gathering. It may be made up of displays prepared by the organizations participating in the convention; or brought to- gether by a local committee in the city in which the convention is held showing local problems and achievements for the interest and instruction of both out-of-town visitors and townspeople. Examples: Such exhibits have been held in con- nection with the National Conference .of Social M ' WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? Work at Baltimore, Indianapolis, Pittsburgh, and other gatherings of the conference. There is a growing conviction on the part of those who have had experience with convention exhibitions that they are of doubtful value. The convention offers a rare opportunity to the people of the city where it is held to meet visitors and hear speakers who possess a rich experience and knowledge, gathered in other parts of the country. Townspeople might profit much more from a local exhibit held at another time when no such oppor- tunities as these compete with the exhibit for their attention. As for the out-of-town visitors, pro- grams are usually too crowded to allow them to spend time at an extensive exhibition. Indeed, if there is an occasional half hour to spare, most visitors like to devote such margins to what they regard as a most valuable by-product of the con- vention ; namely, personal contacts and interviews with local people and other visitors, and visits to local institutions in the field covered by the con- vention. Too seldom has the convention city fully utilized its opportunity for making the convention useful to local people, to say nothing of having an exhibition in addition. An exhibition competes, too, with the convention for newspaper space as well as for the time of visitors. Moreover, the de- mands made upon leaders in planning and man- aging a convention are so great as to leave but a few of the better equipped ones for the preparation 35 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING of exhibits, and the exhibits, therefore, are gen- erally not of high average. On the other hand, the small departmental ex- hibit of interest chiefly to a department or a section of the convention and held in or near the meeting place of those most concerned, may be of very real value. This type of exhibit has been illustrated by several departments of the National Conference of Social Work and will, we believe, come to replace the more formal and inclusive exhibitions of earlier days. On the whole, there seem so few advantages to be secured for the larger afl'airs that we are inclined to believe that the holding of them is a matter of habit rather than the result of carefully weighed reasons. Train Exhibits An exhibit that travels in its own permanent set- ting in a car or train of cars, which makes stops for a few hours or a few days. An advance cam- paign of publicity with organized local co-operation brings visitors to the train at each stopping place. Examples: Public health exhibits for rural dis- tricts; Red Cross exhibits on first aid; the Penn- sylvania food conservation exhibit train. In the beginning the train exhibits had the ad- vantage of being a novelty. People went to see them out of curiosity. But in some sections of the country the novelty has already worn off, and the train exhibit and demonstrations to be successful. 36 I A Train Exhibit This train toured a state carrying a message from those directing the work of food conservation to the people who should fully understand and believe in the food-saving program if their co-operation is to be assured. Health Education Put in the Path of Crowds A "drop-in" exhibit used by the New York Social Hygiene Society at an amusement park to attract the attention of passers-by, typical Coney Island crowds, whose interest would be difficult to obtain except in this casual way as an incident in a sightseeing trip. 36a THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING of exhibits, and the exhibits, therefore, are gen- erally not of high average. On the other hand, the small departmental ex- hibit of interest chiefly to a department or a section of the convention and held in or near the meeting place of those most concerned, may be of very real value. This type of exhibit has been illustrated by several departments of the National Conference of Social Work and will, we believe, come to replace the more formal and inclusive exhibitions of earlier days. On the whole, there seem so few advantages to be secured for the larger affairs that we are inclined to believe that the holding of them is a matter of habit rather than the result of carefully weighed reasons. Train Exhibits An exhibit that travels in its own permanent set- ting in a car or train of cars, which makes stops for a few hours or a few days. An advance cam- paign of publicity with organized local co-operation brings visitors to the train at each stopping place. Examples: Public health exhibits for rural dis- tricts; Red Cross exhibits on first aid; the Penn- sylvania food conservation exhibit train. In the beginning the train exhibits had the ad- vantage of being a novelty. People went to see them out of curiosity. But in some sections of the country the novelty has already worn off. and the train exhibit and demonstrations to be successful. 36 A Irain Exhibit This train toured a state carrying a message from those directing the work of food conservation to the people who should fully understand and believe in the food-saving program if their co-operation is to be assured. , 11 i Health Education Put in the Path of Crowds A "drop-in" exhibit used by the New York Social Hygiene Society at an amusement park to attract the attention of passers-by, typical Coney Island crowds, whose interest would be ditficult to obtain except in this casual way as an incident in a sightseeing trip. i 36a &> 03 a e a em o -S .2 *-' 8.5 36b ^ 4^ ? a C 3 Q O .2 M^ nJ 13 n: ? S t- e I' 5 o S .2 .2" O r- ^ ^ ^, g M C 3 ~ £ .S «o - S c 0^ S * « J3 ** - 9" *3 OJ - K *; >. 0* rt C ^ g IV ;». * P O * 4* c tJ O Ui •O e8 : »- 4J . O O C . g H 2 I §ii i2 » O rg^ O O •" ^ O to K ^ s s = 3 c »- tg C.9 5 e 3 ^s**- g ^ U fc- C cd oj >i "•a 5 M C C O 3 •- rt I O M « 2 ■> on aj o 3: "X u ~ <-' £ y -2 I ^ iC J3 ^ o ♦'''S js c .S c I I ^ o > ^ .5 3 x: a; >"-^ ? 13 = t- -3 a> 4J se "oc |- «» (5 s *j n *j rt 05 E 2 g . c H I - t) 3 2 g&5 WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? must now depend more upon their merits and upon good advance publicity. This kind of exhibit has some striking advan- tages and some equally striking disadvantages. The former should be used and the latter overcome as far as possible to make the enterprises worth while. To sum them up the main advantages are: 1. In a train it is possible to set up a permanent ex- hibit which, with a minimum amount of prepa- ration, will be seen by a constantly changing clientele. The only other way to reach different local groups would be to make duplicate copies of the exhibits and ship them to the various places, or to have a permanent lending collec- tion which is sent out on application. The train exhibits can be kept in better shape and be more uniformly shown off to advantage than those subject to the hard handling of travel and to amateur setting-up. 2. Only one staff of experienced exhibit directors is required in order to insure the best showing of the exhibit material in all the localities. 3. As indicated above, in some sections of the coun- try a novelty still attaches to the coming of a "food special" or other exhibit "special," and an interested audience is assured. 4. Finally, the exhibit train carries to a community a graphic and striking message which, in view of the fact that the train has come from a distance, and its management has selected this particular community rather than another, makes an ap- peal almost personal. 37 t" TJ ft c *§ 2 "^ ** '*^ 3 T5 P 2 -fi cu c c jy > o e 4-t "D ;; a; T3 2 K "" ^ j3 ii C C M' S J C 'co lU c .^ 4; o a Si M •§2 2 >, o o 00 * 3 _c o 5 if" T3 ^ Oj s ■^^ "5 c ^ I ^ rt e K C lU 3 — w ^ 5 o P an c en u — a; g s 2 "» I - 5 iS "9 0) - 3.2 Ji ft§ u u =^•2 8 en *j 1 4; CO o n "^ .t 3 : O rt c "a flj a; u ^ -HI - S E"oS 3 O > i .8 - 1 o a -o E rt <— u o C X i E 4J O en — O — M c ■3 * i3 cd ** *•' 1.11 k. .3 = j: c3 3S »- IV TJ &2 M b "S Co t_, if 36b : c« J. >, aJ ca o a; C "5 (LI «• S 5 » 2 -2 ^ i; o =" £ ? m ft 9c^ £ 3 OJ -« « « C 3 Q O .*> M^ _^ 5» C ca 0-0 :s -2 o ^ " c bl cQ C ii u 2 u ?> c 01 S ft 5 "5 o u N '5 -S a " -Si S en s ■a G 03 OS •< c 01 •o & o k. o 3 J2 03 : s >. OJ p (II 4^ c H t- g o ii -^ eS b «» • - «j " 5 «. -^ o o O {0 0} en 2 C ^ es 3 5 "*- S Ok. C CIJ OJ >. ™ T3 i ■» C S C 3 — cfl O ^ ?i 2 ■> S^ --^ ^ o 01 J- .t: ■£" S.Si 5 E.c^'i'S j= c.S * c 2i n w 4; £f *- o .. ■- 2 •? «^ ..J3 ■*- — y : ^ " CO ft >. a; o T3 o ^ -- M S ♦.■ U. *J T "^ ZJ C8 « ^•2 ^E a E « c . c en J2 5, — WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? must now depend more upon their merits and upon good advance publicity. This kind of exhibit has some striking advan- tages and some equally striking disadvantages. The former should be used and the latter overcome as far as possible to make the enterprises worth while. To sum them up the main advantages are: 1. In a train it is possible to set up a permanent ex- hibit which, with a minimum amount of prepa- ration, will be seen by a constantly changing clientele. The only other way to reach different local groups would be to make duplicate copies of the exhibits and ship them to the various places, or to have a permanent lending collec- tion which is sent out on application. The train exhibits can be kept in better shape and be more uniformly shown off to advantage than those subject to the hard handling of travel and to amateur setting-up. 2. Only one staff of experienced exhibit directors is required in order to insure the best showing of the exhibit material in all the localities. 3. As indicated above, in some sections of the coun- try a novelty still attaches to the coming of a "food special" or other exhibit "special," and an interested audience is assured. 4. Finally, the exhibit train carries to a community a graphic and striking message which, in view of the fact that the train has come from a distance, and its management has selected this particular community rather than another, makes an ap- peal almost personal. 37 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Against these, the chief disadvantages are the following: I. In many places the railroad siding where the train stands is neither a convenient nor an in- viting place to visit, 3. The dimensions of a train are not well adapted to either the effective display of exhibits or to the accommodation of visitors. 3. Because of the narrow aisles, the visitors, if many, must be kept moving fairly rapidly and there is no opportunity to examine the exhibits care- fully nor to ask questions. The exhibits, there- fore, must depend for their success on being quickly understood and easily remembered. 4. At best, a small percentage of the possible visitors on have an opportunity to see the exhibits and the demonstrations unless the train stays in each place for several days, an impracticable length of time as a rule. Finally, it should be pointed out, not necessarily as a disadvantage, but perhaps as a suggestion or warning, that unless careful planning and constant, skilled handling of visitors are assured people will not be accommodated to the maximum capacity of ine iram* Traveling Campaign Exhibits Exhibits from time to time are taken by trained workers on tour through a county, state, or a num- ber of states as the basis of intensive educational work. The tour may last a few weeks or months 38 f WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? or be extended over several years. In each place visited, the exhibit is conspicuously set up and its presentation is made a notable event, often having the importance of a community exhibition in at- tracting widespread attention and interest. Examples : Among a number of interesting trav- eling campaign exhibits have been the Pennsyl- vania Exhibit on Feeble-mindedness and the New York State Exhibit on Prison Reform, which toured their respective states in 19 16. One of the most thoroughly worked out campaigns of this type was the American Tuberculosis Exhibition sent by the National Association for the Study and Preven- tion of Tuberculosis to many cities in this country and to several in Canada and Mexico. The traveling exhibit is particularly valuable in providing the opportunity for a short-term inten- sive campaign of education. Its effectiveness, needless to say, depends on the attractiveness of the exhibit, on the vigor and ability of its directors, and on the efficient organization of the whole cam- paign. It provides the concrete and striking fea- ture around which publicity and local organization may be centered.* It also gives those who are promoting the move- ment, of which the exhibit is part, an unusually good opportunity to sound public opinion in all the sections visited as to the ideas and programs pre- sented. The leaders and their helpers are given a » See plan for a Traveling Campaign Exhibit on State Care of Petty Offenders, beginning on page 167. 39 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING chance to meet and talk informally with the men and women whose support must be counted upon to make the movement succeed. Loan Exhibits Exhibits sent from a central place, without per- sonal supervision, to various neighborhoods, rural districts, or cities, either in response to requests or at the suggestion of its owners. It is for tem- porary local use, often in connection with other exhibits or with other events taking place in the locality. Examples : Exhibits owned by state or national organizations or extension departments of univer- sities, or government departments giving informa- tion of general interest or educational value. They are loaned to local branches of organizations, churches, clubs, schools, committees, and similar bodies. One value of such a permanent exhibit is its use in combination with a locally prepared exhibit, the loan exhibit providing certain generally applicable facts and principles, while the local exhibit presents home conditions and proposed changes in the light of these facts. For example, a nationally owned housing exhibit would present the fundamentals of good housing and examples of successful housing experiments, while the local exhibit would show the bad conditions that prevail and the plans of a town improvement committee for better building enterprises. 40' ( ( ii 1 WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? Another good use is as an aid to teachers in pre- senting social and civic problems through graphic material. A collection of photographs, spot maps, and placards for use in teaching a class in civics something of a city's health problems is an illus- tration, for example, of a loan exhibit that can be made very effective. Good use of a loan exhibit involves planning and effort to assure its maximum value to the various local borrowers, as well as alertness in discovering opportunities to loan it for the right occasion. "Drop in" or Casual Exhibition A collection of exhibits displayed in a vacant store or in other quarters fronting on a busy street, drawing its visitors largely from those who may drop in in passing. The exhibit is continued as long as it attracts attention. Usually this type is em- ployed not so much to stimulate immediate action as to present ideas and to enlarge the general in- formation on a subject. Among the topics that have been treated in this manner in recent years are socialism, single tax, the tariff, and subjects connected with the public schools, public educa- tion, and food values. This use of an exhibit may be one feature of a short term campaign, or of a long continued effort at education or propaganda that works through the slow process of increasing interest bit by bit until the accumulation leads to the acceptance of an idea. In the educational campaign against tuber- 41 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING culosis in New York and other large cities, such an exhibit was moved from time to time and place to place so as to touch different neighborhood centers, with the expectation of reaching the people who might have been overlooked by other forms of propaganda. The leisurely nature of this method has the advantage of affording valuable personal contact between the explainer and the unhurried visitors who literally drop in during their oflF hours. The advantage of this type of use has been illus- trated in the City Hall in Philadelphia. The City Hall is very near the center of the city, and more than average success in gaining the attention of large numbers has attended a series of exhibits held in a temporary building erected in its court. An endless stream of people passes this point all day long, and some of the long series of exhibits that have been held at that point have drawn large at- tendances. The conspicuousness of the location, too, gained a degree of press publicity unlikely to have been secured had the same exhibits been less favorably situated. Timeliness and appropriateness of location, more- over, will often secure a welcome for an exhibit, as in the case of an exhibit on marketing or food con- servation displayed in or near a public market. The temptation in this method is to neglect the upkeep of the exhibit itself, and to leave it and all its educational resources largely in the hands of untrained and inexperienced helpers who are little more than caretakers. Publicity and organized 42 WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? neighborhood promotion, too, may easily become slack through overlooking the fact that an exhibit should be made an event in every neighborhood to which it is sent. If the exhibit is neglected or loses its fresh appearance, if custom stales its variety, your cause will suffer. Exhibits at Fairs An exhibit suggestive of a side show displayed in a tent or small building, possibly advertised by banners in front and a "barker" to draw the people in; or a booth exhibit for the purpose of demonstrating one idea or one phase of the work of an organization. Examples: Exhibits on baby welfare at state and county fairs. In the South, a crusade against hookworm was carried on at state and county fairs. Booth exhibits by civic organizations at industrial expositions. The tent or hall exhibit at fairs gives an oppor- tunity for small conferences or group talks, while the booth exhibit brings the name and object of an organization or movement to the attention of many not already acquainted with it. The chief oppor- tunity in the booth exhibit lies in pressing home one idea or phase of work so that it stands out clearly in the memory of visitors even after they have seen the many and varied sights of the whole fair. It will be a loss of effort to treat more than one or at most a very few subjects. Of nearly equal value is the opportunity for personal contacts with 45 m V ^ THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Widely representative people, some of whom may have been readers of your literature or even corre- spondents with your office without any personal link. Again, the answering of questions may estab- lish personal relations or at least give personality to your propaganda in the minds of the ques- tioners. The effectiveness of this method of ex- hibiting depends very largely upon the skill of those in charge in interesting people, and upon the graphic character and the distinctiveness with which the central idea of the exhibit is made to stand out and to appeal to even the leisurely and amusement-seeking passerby. Museum of Social Welfare Permanent exhibitions or museums in which are shown collections of educational material in graphic form, sometimes in historical sequence or setting. Examples: The American Museum of Safety, New York; the public health section of the Ameri- can Museum of Natural History, New York; the Social Museum of Harvard University. A fourth example might be cited in the municipal exhibit of New York City shown the year round at the Col- lege of the City of New York. The American Museum of Safety is made up largely of specimens of actual safety devices, many being shown attached to the machinery with which they are to be used in practice; the museum has exhibits also of the educational methods used in promoting safety in industrial plants. The health 44 what will you do with your exhibit? section of the American Museum of Natural His- tory includes in its collection selected examples of health dangers and sanitary expedients, chiefly of permanent exhibit value. The Social Museum of Harvard University contains a varied collection of material on sociological subjects, kept as nearly up to date as possible and intended primarily to sup- plement class room instruction. The exhibit in the College of the City of New York includes a selection from the New York muni- cipal exhibits shown at the Panama-Pacific Exposi- tion and material from the New York budget ex- hibits. Much of what has been collected there will have continued usefulness for the illustration of current civic matters, but a considerable portion of it, unless it is replaced or brought up to date from time to time, will soon grow valueless except as historical material. A main difficulty in all permanent collections on social welfare is that much of the material soon becomes out of date and must be discarded or re- newed. With this difficulty overcome libraries and schools, as well as museums, may well be encour- aged to increase their exhibit material and so far as practicable to use it as a loan collection avail- able to clubs, classes, and other groups. As a general rule, use by the public of loan material will continue as long as strictly historical matter gives place to what is timely and of current application. Small collections of closely related material promise 41 II THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING to be more interesting and much more useful than larger ones covering diverse topics. nil. Window Exhibits The use of borrowed or rented window space in a store or in the headquarters of social or civic organizations, in which to display small loan ex- hibits, or a succession of posters and cartoons, slogans and campaign facts, or stories in silhouette, moving devices or automatic stereopticons has be- come quite common . The commercial window dis- play of merchandise in any way related to the subjects of the exhibit is the merchant's own utili- zation of a campaign or' his contribution to its teaching. Examples: Many tuberculosis associations have exhibits prepared especially to display in windows, and woman's suffrage committees have made much use of windows at organization headquarters. "Things for baby's bath" during Baby Week, and open-air sleeping outfits during a tuberculosis cam- paign, have been shown by enterprising merchants in the windows of stores. During the Patriotic Food Show in Chicago in January, 1918, the large department stores all had effective window dis- plays on food conservation. The window exhibit of the merchant has, of course, as its object to attract the attention of prospective buyers to goods for sale within the store. The exhibit in the headquarters windows of a campaign committee or other organization may 46 '■ 1 what will you do with your exhibit? have a similar purpose, that of inviting interest in the Ideas and activities that are being promoted inside the building. But the exhibit displayed in a borrowed or rented window that carries no invitation to "inquire with- in," has a different function. This use of an ex- hibit IS especially worth while as a feature of an educational campaign which makes generous use of other publicity methods such as newspapers, pos- ters, meetings, and exhibitions. Such publicity provides a setting, a background for the window display which the latter needs to save it from the indefiniteness of a merely isolated effort. When a window display, including its setting-up as well as its space, is contributed by the merchant. It is likely to be more valuable because of the skill of the professional window decorator if there is one on the staff of the store. Some of the best of these specialists have developed the technique of con- structing single unit exhibits to a degree surpassing that of any other group, as has been amply dem- onstrated in the liberty loan campaigns in which window displays contributed by merchants have taken an important part. Exhibits for Waiting Room or Office Graphic material may be used in waiting rooms of clinics, in reception rooms and offices of organi- zations, or in other rooms where visitors wait for appointments. Examples: Numerous tuberculosis societies in 47 Ir; i""! THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING their dispensaries follow some adaptation of this plan. Exhibits suitable for such use are sold for small sums or distributed by different national, state, and local organizations, and state and na- tional government departments. For a carefully thought-out series of posters, this is one of the best possible uses, because it is sure of getting the attention of a well-defined group of the right people. The exhibit may consist of a series of posters on a single subject, displayed in toto, or one or two at a time for a certain period. The mistakes to be avoided are overloading the room with material, keeping the same material in place too long, or using material too technical to be easily understood by the visitors. Exhibits for Post Offices and Railroad Waiting Rooms The discussion under the preceding heading ap- plies to the two leading centers in smaller com- n^unities— the post office and the railroad station. Here, too, where people wait with little else to claim their attention and sometimes for consider- able periods, there may be less objection to the rather common type of governmental poster with its many words and crowded arrangement, a form unsuitable for other exhibit or poster uses. Class Room Exhibits Exhibits of graphic material on educational sub- jects prepared by students in public school classes. 48 4' WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? Examples: Charts, maps, lantern slides, pictures and objects prepared by classes in civics, economics, sociology or hygiene. These exhibits may be loaned in exchange for like exhibits from other schools after having been displayed for the parents and friends of the pupils. In turn a city, county, or state exhibit may show selected examples from all the participating schools. The teaching value of graphic material has been so amply demonstrated in many fields that pro- ficiency in making panels and pictures should be more carefully developed in schools and colleges. There is much to be gained by the students them- selves from the attempt to give expression to what they have learned in a variety of original and strik- ing exhibit forms. Platform Exhibits Exhibits of selected material significant for use by a speaker in a meeting, including large muslin mounted displays, portable charts, models, objects, or stereopticon slides of a size and form easy to carry to committee meetings and other gather- ings. Examples: The hookworm campaigners in the South have used portable chart collections; the National Child Labor Committee and others have "suit case" exhibits; several church survey reports have been exhibited in the form of slides made up as miniature exhibit panels; the American Social * 49 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Hygiene Association has prepared a series of pic- ture panels intended chiefly for speakers who ad- dress fairly small audiences; socialist speakers have made considerable use of home-made stands carry- ing six or eight canvas panels attached to narrow spring rollers. The exhibit made up in the form of lantern slides is particularly valuable when accompanied by an explainer or speaker who understands the slides, while certain portable objects, charts, or pictures may be used with good effect in many places where lantern slides would be impracticable. AH too little use of portable material has been made by speakers upon social and civic subjects before pop- ular audiences, notwithstanding the familiar and successful use of object lessons in the church and Sunday school. Multiplication of an Exhibit An exhibit for wide use may be duplicated in one or many forms and be distributed for a great va- riety of local uses, and at a disproportionately small increase over the original cost. Usually the dupli- cated parts are reproduced in leaflets, post cards, halftone illustrations, slides for lanterns, posters, inserts for correspondence, and the like. They may be sold to the users for a sum that covers the whole or part of the cost of reproduction and send- ing. Eiamples: The exhibit of the National Com- mittee for the Prevention of Blindness on Eye 50 Prepared for the Food Facts Bureau, Boston A Window Display The object of this exhibit was to make "peach butter" appear so appetizing that people would be induced to enter the building and learn how to make it. The display is simple and the decoration attractive and appropriate. It could probably be improved by using the space under the shield for the words "Come in and find out how to make it," thus making the invitation the central feature. The words " It's Good- Uncle Sam Says So" and "Sugar and jams will save butter" could be lettered in the spaces beside the child's picture if the side panels were increased in width. No placards would then mar the effectiveness of the background screen. 50a I III THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Hygiene Association has prepared a series of pic- ture panels intended chiefly for speakers who ad- dress fairly small audiences; socialist speakers have made considerable use of home-made stands carry- ing six or eight canvas panels attached to narrow spring rollers. The exhibit made up in the form of lantern slides is particularly valuable when accompanied by an explainer or speaker who understands the slides, while certain portable objects, charts, or pictures may be used with good effect in many places where lantern slides would be impracticable. All too little use of portable material has been made by speakers upon social and civic subjects before pop- ular audiences, notwithstanding the familiar and successful use of object lessons in the church and Sunday school. Multiplication of an Exhibit An exhibit for wide use may be duplicated in one or many forms and be distributed for a great va- riety of local uses, and at a disproportionately small increase over the original cost. Usually the dupli- cated parts are reproduced in leaflets, post cards, halftone illustrations, slides for lanterns, posters, inserts for correspondence, and the like. They may be sold to the users for a sum that covers the whole or part of the cost of reproduction and send- mg. Examples: The exhibit of the National Com- mittee for the Prevention of Blindness on Eye 50 Prepared for the Food Facts Bureau, Boston A Window Display The object of this exhibit was to make "peach butter" appear so appetizing that people would be induced to enter the building and learn how to make it. The display is simple and the decoration attractive and appropriate, it could probably be improved by using the space under the shield for the words "Come in and find out how to make it," thus making the invitation the central feature. The words "It's Good- Uncle Sam Says So" and "Sugar and jams will save butter" could be lettered in the spaces beside the child's picture if the side panels were increased in width. No placards would then mar the effectiveness of the background screen. 50a ffi tJ ^ >;'o Si ^ «= o ? 2i-5 o ^ a; o ^ E V £ C ^ T3 -JD .ti 5 03 3 oT 1 C * ^" O «; i^JO +-» ^ O ■♦-• ^ &c nj u JZ C« C 3 O 3 t/5 J3 ^^ flj C/5 a> JC TS E O rj O ^ := c« fc O ^ o. (L) o «5 .-- o -c^ E^ ^.i2 -O O „ (X> o 53 •13 P3 x: 5^ 0) OJ -i=i Cl a; c a X5 c« (/5 50b Ji ^ ^ jD Dl. :^ 2^ a. O C/5 ^ rr ^ r^ cu O n: jC +-• no > yi e^ .t; > c X5 C ^00 E ^ 2 E O 03-0 ^ _c '— j^ _ Luna «>M rti ^^* /^ OJ.H u -^ o C3 in bJD . C ^ '^ oj a> o d) "K E -^ -^ c o f3 CT32 H &D. (U 03 -*-• a> u 3 — o / a> 3 j= .c i; '^ t/) OJ o 03 a X o J5 o 03 03 a 03 i« U o.r: C/3 03 U > o-^ o > ^c B B to ij tJD o OJ 5 13 . U H 4>j vC Cj T3 -^ 03 a> • t: T3 o.2i i= ■r &D o o o X D,: .ti C/5 a> Q c on 4-5 ^ ^ C ^O o E c^ '^- -9 ^ O w^ 03 nj O Xi (/3 t; 'c jD OS 1; 50c Iftj 5 oh 50c A Suit Case Exhibit A section of a loan exhibit on the health of the soldier, prepared by the National Tuberculosis Association. The directions printed below were pasted inside the cover of the telescope case which contained the panels. See illustration on opposite page. Directions for Placing Placard Exhibit on the Health off the Soldier As the placards are removed, please put the protecting sheets of cardboard in the cover of the packing case so that they will be preserved for repacking. Repack with two placards fac- ing each other. Note the letter and figure in the lower left-hand corner of each placard. The placards are arranged in three groups of five each. Groups are lettered A, B and C respectively. Each group has an appropriate banner correspondingly lettered. The five placards in each group are numbered i, 2, 3, 4, 5. The exhibit should be placed therefore in consecutive order as indicated in the cuts. A complete set was tried out in various ways in a typical Y. M. C. A. Service Building. It was found most satisfactory to hang groups between windows. Corner rings are provided upon which each placard should hang. Large tacks through these rings are sufficiently strong. A center cord is provided in case a ring is pulled out. May we urge that care be used in placing the placards straight, smce orderly appearance will increase effectiveness? Please make a report of the exhibit on blanks that will be fur- nished. If you have not received report blanks kindly notify the National Tuberculosis Association, 381 Fourth Avenue, New York City. 5od c o*-" *^ JO c o^"-' o eg .». r^ r:; .1-. "S o ■> r? _, •— +- !n 4> __ i: u. ^ □a X X UJ uu < U H • - O ^ (U ta V- > bO 3 o a. D. > gj Ti '^ t; , gj g x: c "£ rt a. rt c)^ ' ZZ i|i I, JC rtj •^ - -2 13 .S C rt ^ OJ tTn a, ?^ U g «U «■? lo T3 3 i;; •- •— O c: rt ^ W ^" t^ "— ■ nj -^ ■«* « aj <♦« o ^ fc. ^^3 "*- .^ u, .Eh j= o 00 < 11] Q 2 O H U D a: z o *-< ^T3 O.E C bC ^ o c ~ h-'S j= « "O .52 T3 ^ u «^ O ^ \ •2 8 13 fa I •e ^ M 50e A Siir {\\SE Exhibit A section of a loan exhibit on the lieahh of the soldier, prepared by the National Tuberculosis Association. The directions printed below were pasted inside the cover of the telescoije case which contained the r>anels. See illustration on opposite page. Directions for Placing Placard Exhibit on the Health of the Soldier As the placards are removed, please put the protecting sheets of cardboard in the cover of the packing case so that they will be preserved for repacking. Repack with two placards fac- ing each other. Note the letter and figure in the lower left-hand corner of each placard. The placards are arranged in three groups of five each. Groups are lettered A, B and C respectively. Each group has an appropriate banner correspondingly lettered. rhe five placards in each group are numbered 1,2, 3, 4, 5. I he exhibit should be placed therefore in consecutive order as indicated in the cuts. A complete set was tried out in various ways in a typical Y. M. C. A. Service Building. It was found most satisfactory to hang groups between windows. Corner rings are provided upon which each placard should hang. Large tacks through these rings are sufficiently strong. A center cord is provided in case a ring is pulled out. May we urge that care be used in placing the placards straight, since orderly appearance will increase effectiveness? Please make a report of the exhibit on blanks that will be fur- nished. If you have not received report blanks kindly notify the National tuberculosis Association, 381 Fourth Avenue New York City. 5od ~.*- n<— a;*— n-^ •■' ,, t r-*- O ^ ^-^ zj ^c ^r^ c^ ' ^.:i-j^ ^ 2 o .r ^ X LU u — jii I . ij I— r3 •— o ^*~* -^ - . ';i^ ^-^ ^t 5-^iS £i^-^ c O D. OJ 2 g i -- ; a. O 1/3 ^X ?: rt y a ■— o c — 1/5 »- 3-r- (/3~z;_r- wjj Urn iuu^ -J= o 2 .^ ii. E '^ -^ ^ -r *" .^ — JC _ ~ _r- ■^ ..C _ i« O — 1 M ■ O aj 5 .- rt -C Si — T ^ ,^ ^.n i^ 1:' -^ — 1; ?; J^ j_ -. •■J Sr-r c — — 1; =t 'J ^ — ^ 1- — r- -^ '_> .— •-■ ^^ r- - ?! ^ h r -^-^ E o c '-• •- w z o U >_ V- '-J 3 t: — '1 fe -c .i -^ c -^ o • i r I- c a> ■ 'J £- ''^ -^ c ~ • C ri :•' !>•- 1; "3 .2 -3 ■ - -J :? y _ J= -. _ o _^j O « i^ i> o _C &.-E SZ '' *~ 'J c-c o t; -J ^ \M < c 1* g — c X ^ fe >,.2 x: bc-^ « ? ?? a> o IT' r: t:; c ■-* c-^ o _ ^ HQ."— .^ E ti._c -^ I— -" '-' -^ 3 3 c \« ° -3 ° : G. CT. o *- -3 "^ .r = ao - ~ c "^ 3 — :? 'J ..™ O «/5 1/3 O. lOe 5of WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? Hazards in Industrial Occupations;^ and the Ex- hibit on Thrift of the Industrial Department of the International Committee of the Young Men's Christian Association; slightly reduced photo- graphic copies of large exhibit panels of the Na- tional Child Labor Committee; reproductions in color of child welfare exhibits of the National Child Welfare Exhibit Association. At the time of writing, exhibits produced in quantities for distribution, especially those in pos- ter form, seem to be very popular with health de- partments and other civic and social welfare organi- zations. The examples of such exhibits that have come to our attention lead us to raise the question, however, as to whether these bodies are not em- ploying this method as an easy and comparatively cheap way of getting their material before a large audience, while at the same time they are disre- garding most of the factors that count for success in getting the attention of this audience. In the examples given above the exhibits that have been multiplied or reproduced in quantity were excep- tional in the careful planning of both their forms and the method of their distribution. The appear- ance of an exhibit is outside the line of discussion pursued in this chapter, but we cannot refrain from saying here that it does not pay to sacrifice attrac- tive appearance or effective detail for the sake of wide distribution. It is not a good investment to » See description of an Exhibit for Continuous Educational Work to Prevent Industrial Accidents to Eyes, beginning on page 185. l|i ' ii 5 of 1/5 u: < V V ao . c i> Xi "> o S C 'J 3^ c .= X an _o "g = s X UJ u. o z o < C3 U C o o 1/J 1; C O n 'J = E.£ c -J « - 9 -/> *" -a c c a. 3 E WHAT WILL YOU DO WITH YOUR EXHIBIT? Hazards in Industrial Occupations ;i and the Ex- hibit on Thrift of the Industrial Department of the International Committee of the Young Men's Christian Association; sh'ghtly reduced photo- graphic copies of large exhibit panels of the Na- tional Child Labor Committee; reproductions in color of child welfare exhibits of the National Child Welfare Exhibit Association. At the time of writing, exhibits produced in quantities for distribution, especially those in pos- ter form, seem to be very popular with health de- partments and other civic and social welfare organi- zations. The examples of such exhibits that have come to our attention lead us to raise the question, however, as to whether these bodies are not em- ploying this method as an easy and comparatively cheap way of getting their material before a large audience, while at the same time they are disre- garding most of the factors that count for success in getting the attention of this audience. In the examples given above the exhibits that have been multiplied or reproduced in quantity were excep- tional in the careful planning of both their forms and the method of their distribution. The appear- ance of an exhibit is outside the line of discussion pursued in this chapter, but we cannot refrain from saying here that it does not pay to sacrifice attrac- tive appearance or effective detail for the sake of wide distribution. It is not a good investment to » See description of an Exhibit for Continuous Educational Work to Prevent Industrial Accidents to Eyes, beginning on page 185. 51 H I 11 I ■Ill III THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING put time and money into quantity production un- less one can also have well-planned layouts, attrac- tive illustrations, and a good selection and expres- sion of ideas and facts. More imagination put into the making, as well as more detailed executive work put into the use of these exhibits made for distribution, is needed by many organizations em- ploying this form of propaganda. They would do well to study the methods of the National Com- mittee for the Prevention of Blindness described on pages 185 to 191, and to devise not necessarily a similar plan, but one as carefully worked out as this one. Varying the forms in which an exhibit is made up and multiplying the reproductions, provide for much wider use of the material than can be secured in any other way. On the other hand, the respon- sibility of its promoters for seeing that the mate- rial is used effectively as well as for securing an original exhibit of unquestioned quality, increases greatly with the number of its forms and the ex- tent of its distribution. 52 VI WHAT DO YOU WISH TO SAY IN EXHIBIT FORM? Choice of Subject Matter THE selection of the facts and ideas to be presented should be based on their appro- priateness to the purpose, audience, occa- sion, space, and possibility of adequate expression in exhibit form. An exhibitor who starts with and holds to this idea of appropriateness in deciding what to say will do what a majority fail in. He will omit those things that at first glance seem in- teresting and important largely because of his own associations with them. One of the chief sources of satisfaction which many an exhibitor has felt for his own handiwork is not that it promises to "get over" some message to the man whose co- operation or welfare he is seeking, but that it pictures forth his own plans for, or other imme- diate interest in, the subject. When this photo- graph or that table of statistics is shorn of all the background of personal effort and association, spe- cial knowledge and justifiable pride in accomplish- ment which you as an exhibitor put into it, what significance and interest remain for those whom you want to impress? That is the big test of ap- propriateness of the table of statistics which it has 53 1 1 I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING perhaps taken a week to dig out of stacks of back reports or of the photographs of horribly crowded, evil-smelling lodging houses that cost nights of effort to get. Again, by choosing what is suitable, you are saved the temptation to which exhibitors as well as writers and speakers yield, of saying too much. If what you include must stand the test of fitness for the occasion, you will readily drop many things that at first seemed too important to cut out. And this demand for suitable facts and figures calls not only for the discarding of irrelevant or not imme- diately pertinent facts, but sometimes for the gath- ering of new information, especially for new illus- trations. The story of the day's routine of a wait- ress that is told on the panel entitled the "Movie of a Restaurant Worker," shown on page 68a, was obtained at considerable cost of effort for the ex- hibit in which it was used, notwithstanding the fact that a great deal of valuable statistical infor- mation about restaurant workers was already on hand. The statistics, useful and essential as they are in their place, did not meet the test of appro- priateness in choice of subject matter in this par- ticular exhibit and so were not used. Material Suited to the Purpose of the Exhibit We have suggested applying five main tests of appropriateness to the facts, ideas, and illustra- tions that are to be used in the preparation of an exhibit. The first of these is appropriateness of 54 "- so oj "o ifo i:,o ^ « 2 (/J . <« *- *- , I- u t^ *J — o XI c a rs O .. C 3 O o Hi u c (rt t/5 H _ — ^^ 2 rs C "S *" • wm \^ —a "Tr ~ E o 3 -» ro (/> c t/5 ___ IS 3 *; > o T3 tr-c rt-- E (u C *j .2, ■I-' E5 ^ J^ ■£: P_ a> r3 C _ O c o « i! w :. S2J^ E O R5 i_ rt-t: *- -^ OJ C ., v^ cn :px: rt_^ o "o t; . *- -^ rt OJ "^ (« U r- I' .t: c bc a> E "^ J- •- c «t: O •- — ) T3 :^ ^^ 3 W I. "O O -r- P > o tsO C. O bOg E (J C rt rs 1) c »- o E o '^ O 4> c .2 '!« 3 U ^^ bp,^ — "aJ bO a> 4; •- CT5 &o Q Vi '^ B ^ % £ i! ^ ° - o t« a •4-1 "^ o (A .— 4) X *- 4) rt -= c > O 4» OJ C3 W 5 a> u Ci- C 4) ^ 4) fO S jC 00 " 4, £ *- - C "-^ «*« <*- 41 _ 1/5 trt lU bO o. / I : ii c o 54a THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING perhaps taken a week to dig out of stacks of back reports or of the photographs of horribly crowded, evil-smelling lodging houses that cost nights of effort to get. Again, by choosing what is suitable, you are saved the temptation to which exhibitors as well as writers and speakers yield, of saying too much. If what you include must stand the test of fitness for the occasion, you will readily drop many things that at first seemed too important to cut out. And this demand for suitable facts and figures calls not only for the discarding of irrelevant or not imme- diately pertinent facts, but sometimes for the gath- ering of new information, especially for new illus- trations. The story of the day's routine of a wait- ress that is told on the panel entitled the "Movie of a Restaurant Worker," shown on page 68a, was obtained at considerable cost of effort for the ex- hibit in which it was used, notwithstanding the fact that a great deal of valuable statistical infor- mation about restaurant workers was already on hand. The statistics, useful and essential as they are in their place, did not meet the test of appro- priateness in choice of subject matter in this par- ticular exhibit and so were not used. Material Suited to the Purpose of the Exhibit We have suggested applying five main tests of appropriateness to the facts, ideas, and illustra- tions that are to be used in the preparation of an exhibit. The first of these is appropriateness of 54 54a c u "mm X ,*- O -^ 2 ^ *- •- ft i; O v- nl 2 £ ^o S- . ~ 1> '^ aj 3 '*' ^2 = ^-° o « S S ° c £ c V. c: ji rt a> (/J ;/j 4) _ tuo fc. o >-i 3 C8 (rt r" in C .>- -C 3 HI Oj ns C ~" O ^ > *- «« ® (U ^ C 2 OJ Q UJ uu Oi X n.tz .fcj _^ aj Cfl E60 i- O -o^ C_J ji V ^" jB.a nvitf ^" • •■« C .2 (/> 3 U i/i C fc- *- c re re .7-, jD I/) ^3 S T3 ■- '^ P 3 — -- U gj .s re ao O c OJ x: c '^ x: re o. O (/) re O.E lu <"i oi 4) re fc- re (u 5 ex p o) ^ "" fc- u "* 5-coo "" > C **- *♦- 4) fc. o 17 o o J= X 2 P ^^ V^. 4-* ^ t^m O :5S 1 I »(l 1 ■ i THREE WAYS TO GET A LIVING WAGE FOR ALL WORKERS Voluntary action of employers Organization of workers A LAW CREATING A WAGE COMMISSION What is a Wage Commission? California Colorado Massachusetts Minnesota Nebraska Oregon Utah Washington Wisconsin HAVE WAGE COMMISSIONS A permanent Commission on Wages which appoints for each industry A WAGE BOARD to include representatives of em- ployers, employes, and the public. Each Wage Board investigates conditions and fixes minimum wage rates for the industry suffi- cient to provide TNF NFrF*\ t ™ •- D. *- o.i Si) a. "^ 2 3 — 2 «< Jc W3 ^. M < s I 3 JD nJ C ^ «u — S TJ "U ^ ■•" aj "q &0 c u I/) 4» *- DO ^ u y E .- O. T3 P3 ni -< a;; J= W •-. Js o r— DO (A 4) x: ca *- a; ^ .S ^^ « C ♦-i o 5 ra c J^ 1/1 O a o u o oT "^ .2 ^ C E o o 0) jD .c u o ^ 3 C C o lu -a 3 C — -a c u OS u I a OS u > V) «i ^ I 54d WHAT DO YOU WISH TO SAY IN EXHIBIT FORM? material to the thing you want to accomplish. Several years ago a prison exhibit was prepared in an eastern state with the definite object of lining up public opinion behind a measure calling for the destruction of an antiquated, insanitary, over- crowded prison and the building of an industrial prison farm to take its place. At the time an im- portant experiment in self-government was being carried on in the prison with remarkable success in spite of the wretched physical conditions that obtained. It seemed to the exhibitors that, not- withstanding the significance of this experiment as an advance in prison administration, the pur- pose of the exhibit, which was to get rid of the par- ticular prison of which it was a striking example, would be better served by presenting a vivid pic- ture of the evils of overcrowding, dampness, lack of air, poor workshops, and other bad conditions, than by dwelling upon the reforms accomplished which, remarkable as they were, were aside from the main theme. Here is an illustration of exhibi- tors holding to the business in hand in selecting their material and deliberately setting aside their natural inclination to give prominence to facts, im- portant in themselves and of probable interest to the audience, that were not calculated to help in getting a particular result. Material Appropriate to the Audience The importance of visualizing the exhibit audi- ence at every stage of exhibit planning has special 55 I ill m I 5 != if. Iff 3C in h" d -1 < < «ig #■■■1 lyflj O '^' < O I ■*" a z H u u ■■IP"! flo "o .§ a. <" O rt < S 13 SB ns C * *> fc\i fc» ^ ,^ lU •- o .> ^ II ■ I ^i ' ^ ■1* '" Si O — . ^ C TO c^ y a E " V) i- s -r j: JC "" "> ^ ^ u Q rt la ^ U 3 n^ &. t« 1/1 11 *-• TO 4> &) a u c 1/1 o a o u O u c b '^ «^ _ TO lA C .2 TO 35 *j aj "O x: i r- .£ 13 HI c M E o TO o if '-S O ^ 0^ 3 T3 C TO C o x: ! TO Ol > U) o u TO i« I TO U *^ TO C b. "to c o WHAT DO YOU WISH TO SAY IN EXHIBIT FORM? material to the thing you want to accomplish. Several years ago a prison exhibit was prepared in an eastern state with the definite object of lining up public opinion behind a measure calling for the destruction of an antiquated, insanitary, over- crowded prison and the building of an industrial prison farm to take its place. At the time an im- portant experiment in self-government was being carried on in the prison with remarkable success in spite of the wretched physical conditions that obtained. It seemed to the exhibitors that, not- withstanding the significance of this experiment as an advance in prison administration, the pur- pose of the exhibit, which was to get rid of the par- ticular prison of which it was a striking example, would be better served by presenting a vivid pic- ture of the evils of overcrowding, dampness, lack of air, poor workshops, and other bad conditions, than by dwelling upon the reforms accomplished which, remarkable as they were, were aside from the main theme. Here is an illustration of exhibi- tors holding to the business in hand in selecting their material and deliberately setting aside their natural inclination to give prominence to facts, im- portant in themselves and of probable interest to the audience, that were not calculated to help in getting a particular result. Material Appropriate to the Audience The importance of visualizing the exhibit audi- ence at every stage of exhibit planning has special 55 ^i 54ci if; THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING significance when deciding what you are going to tell. Of all the things that might be said in pre- senting your message, what is of greatest concern to mothers, for example, or to industrial workers or voters or to suburban dwellers to whom the mes- sage is addressed? Are they concerned with meth- ods of carrying on some project that you are pro- posing, or do they care chiefly about its promised results? If your aim is to get the working people of a town to support a bond issue for an industrial high school, will you show the increased trade op- portunities offered to such high school graduates and stimulate interest through illustrations of chil- dren using the new up-to-date equipment ; or will you tax the attention of plain thinking, overworked fathers and mothers with plans of the administra- tive and teaching methods and architect's blue- prints of the proposed institution? Again, it may be necessary in choosing the ideas to be set forth in your exhibit to take into account the habits and prejudices of special groups of peo- ple. For example, in a food conservation exhibit that carries an appeal to use substitutes for wheat and meat, the particular substitutes offered and the methods of cooking them that are demonstrated, are much more likely to be adopted if they are selected to conform to the food habits and the knowledge of cooking of the group addressed. 56 WHAT DO YOU WISH TO SAY IN EXHIBIT FORM? One Idea at a Time Many exhibitors are averse to restricting the material exhibited to what will interest a given type of audience, because they are sure that among those who may be expected to attend will be some who are interested in other aspects of the topic, or in more or less closely related topics. It was probably with this thought in mind that in a recent health exhibit intended to give simple and sound advice to parents regarding the personal health of their children, panels on the need of the community for an isolation hospital were inserted. Even though it is quite true that other ideas could get attention and other groups of people than a certain definite group will be represented in the audience, the more neariy you can direct atten- tion, thought, and discussion to one subject even during a brief examination of a group of exhibits, the more likely you are to make a real and lasting impression. Naturally those interested in matters not closely related to the main subject or purpose of the ex- hibit will give their first attention to the irrelevant material, if you offer the opportunity. Remove the opportunity and the essentials may claim their at- tention, and probably will do so notwithstanding your lack of faith. Commercial advertisers who study audiences shrewdly are emphasizing the one- idea-at-a-time principle. They spend large sums of money to advertise throughout the country, in 57 II 11 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING a miinber of newspapers, perhaps, a single phrase, or a single characteristic about a single product. Material to Fit the Occasion The circumstances under which the exhibit will be displayed should influence the choice of mate- rial. If the exhibit is to be displayed in the com- pany of exhibits on other topics, or in connection with gatherings or occasions, it should present ma- terial that fits into the general scheme and which will gain attention because of its harmony with the subjects the audience is hearing about and seeing. If you are showing an exhibit on tuberculosis as a feature of a "Don't Spread Disease" exhibition, you will probably emphasize the communicable nature of the disease rather than its treatment. If the exhibit is to be used where no one will be in charge to answer questions, as in a window or waiting room, facts that explain themselves will be chosen rather than the less obvious ones that re- quire someone to interpret. If you expect the exhibit to be used over a con- siderable period of time, you will select the mate- rial that is likely to be just as interesting and as applicable a year hence as it was when the exhibit was being prepared. Subject Matter Adapted to Space The amount of space that the exhibit will occupy affects the choice of material. The tendency of the exhibitor is to make his exhibit fit his space by 5S I WHAT DO YOU WISH TO SAY IN EXHIBIT FORM? adjusting the amount of detail. As the size of the exhibit decreases, he becomes more general in his statements and still tries to cover the same ground as in a larger exhibit. He would probably accom- plish more by treating in detail some one phase of his subject. Not a summary of the causes and treatment of tuberculosis, for example, but a dis- cussion of the benefit of fresh air in sleeping rooms is wanted ; not a condensed set of rules for summer care of babies, but emphasis on clean milk properly prepared for them. The more concrete the idea the surer it is of making a lasting impression. Subject Matter Adapted to Expression in Exhibit Form The facts and figures that you will select to pre- sent in exhibit form may not be the same as those you would use in a magazine article or pamphlet on the same general topic. The exhibit uses the terse, didactic form of state- ment that would soon become intolerable in a magazine article or pamphlet. It provides no opportunity for abstractions or circumlocutions. Ideas and facts that need qualification in order to be made clear or accurate are naturally tab6o. For example, an investigation of the hours and wages of loo workers in a trade in which thousands are engaged may show that 70 of the 100 are over- worked and underpaid. In a magazine you may discuss your reasons for concluding that the con- ditions of work of the 70 are typical of the condi- 59 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING tions under which thousands of their comrades work. But your line of reasoning, the statistical support or the qualifications of your conclusions, would have to be so condensed in an exhibit or so entirely omitted from it that you would better not try to handle what might be called derived con- clusions. Sources of Information The things said above apply chiefly to exhibitors who can draw upon a considerable fund of infor- mation, even though only a small part of it may be useful for purposes of display. The quality of the exhibits prepared by health departments, so- cial welfare organizations, and civic bodies are generally influenced by these circumstances. Occasionally a group of workers approach an exhibit without facts in hand* This was true of early child welfare exhibits, and some of them were preceded by a period of special gathering of facts. Those who collect information, as in this case for a particular exhibit, have a certain advantage in that they are likely to approach their task from the standpoint of exhibit purposes. But on the other hand, there is also an important disadvantage — such indeed as, in our judgment, more than coun- terbalances the advantage. Because it is very difficult accurately to estimate the time and care needed to carry through an undertaking of this kind and because, as a result, the tendency to un- derestimate the time and work necessary is very 60 advenhires of nr-uxnyer With a Municipal Budget and Without HowOnc City Now SUPPOSES the Mone/ is Sper-it How a O'ity KNOWS where the Morte^y Goes I Sec what a araall pftff of it he spends for hiafth protccHoa Various Uses of Circles Here are illustrations of both interesting and dull uses of the circle in presenting statistics and percentages. The "Taxpayer" cartoons and the "Daddy Dearborn Dollar" are better adapted to popular exhibits than is the detailed treatment of facts and figures on the "School Finance" circle. 60a I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING tioos under which thousands of their comrades work. But your line of reasoning, the statistical support or the qualifications of your conclusions, would have to be so condensed in an exhibit or so entirely omitted from it that you would better not try to handle what might be called derived con- clusions. Sources of Information The things said above apply chiefly to exhibitors who can draw upon a considerable fund of infor- mation, even though only a small part of it may be useful for purposes of display. The quality of the exhibits prepared by health departments, so- cial welfare organizations, and civic bodies are generally influenced by these circumstances. Occasionally a group of workers approach an exhibit without facts in hand. This was true of early child welfare exhibits, and some of them were preceded by a period of special gathering of facts. Those who collect information, as in this case for a particular exhibit, have a certain advantage in that they are likely to approach their task from the standpoint of exhibit purposes. But on the other hand, there is also an important disadvantage — such indeed as, in our judgment, more than coun- terbalances the advantage. Because it is very difficult accurately to estimate the time and care needed to carry through an undertaking of this kind and because, as a result, the tendency to un- derestimate the time and work necessary is very 60 ADVENTURES OF MR-IAXRHYER With a Municipal Budget and Without HowOne City Now SUPPOSES the Money is Spet^t How a (B'lty KNOWS where the Morte^y Goes OM See whd.t a small part of it hz spends for heejth prokctioa Various Uses of Circles Here are illustrations of both interesting and dull uses of the circle in presenting statistics and percentages. The "Taxpayer" cartoons and the "Daddy Dearborn Dollar" are better adapted to popular exhibits than is the detailed treatment of facts and figures on the "School Finance" circle. 60a ill; f It fob to UJ O < c (/I 1 -a c .2 c c ra 4-.* C V) u <*- 8 <4- 1 03 C 1 H Z UJ O ai 3 3 as 0) •4-' x: 4— » x: a; N o 03 X 1) -5 u c c C E o n a. a; 15 o O 4-1 u c "o u. O x: x: k. u 't-a T3 x: T3 in -> Xl < a: o x: 4— » > x: -a <*- O v» .Si 'iZ Ml k- .!2 c O) c >, -o E D. J5 03 u X^ is — 03 Oj ^-. — E 2 ^ *^ 2P o "i^ o J= .E x: ^ o ti > «« « 03 O a > c 'c 3 V) . U OJ D. H O) ex a> 60c O < T3 C PS c -p-a -a d .2 c c Du 1 (1 r Z 3 3 IE rt ra a ^ u £ ^ 1/1 rt c .'^ ~ -a ^ t/l 'J c tsD (/S c 0, J2 4-4 15 _c •J u. 0^ p u ^-t *-* a:: X k. (J _a (/) V o jz Z s O b£ JC <*- w E < c at *^ O u >- r# ct _c ^—t *» -a h- o ' p Wi ^ (U a> ^ < o r- C ifi zz (/) -F= c rt OJ o 2 -^ § E ii > a; >. "O rt .tz rt SI .»- t: «- •- -a !/5 ^ ;; w5 tao -i: t» 4( U o XI JC x» 'J XI 1* I- O XI 3J bC - S ^ c .E c -a O aj . -a XI C bc S2 W5 -^ .2i n .^ x» CC. 5 *'«rtxi*^c c X 2i E 3 O) u 1/1 bC i_ - *^ ^ Z O c 7^ u- X) O. XI "i E ^ ii X w XI XI S U c -c •- .s C <^ U .^ X^ .Zm 'X 'ac 1^ 6(>h 6oc Heredity and Mental Defect soUur (A) Ids IcJfut wife and (B) tJm fe^bOi-mauU^ daughter of an, Irtrv,- Aec/7cr*. 436 dirtei cLescendarvis ^ nmie mtrvtaLU^ oL^mciive 480 dirmei des<:en.cUnis . 1-4^3 feebU mlndcaL, 44 norntcU. 293 undeicrrrvuteaL or %e normal womm mkm. hemmrud. yiariin kallikak' barn 1755 Tfu. Jeeble- minded girl by wkom. hehadtui □ Uarmal maU o normal nuUa. TnUt mindid 6od ^mam Normal,Wi(e KALUKAK FAMILY Martin ft: TheGoodStock ^B Amon^ 436 descendants of Martin »ni hrs normal wife Uwnewene NO mental de<9Klives and NO criminals but MMff dislir^ished citizens F.M.C1H KALUKAK FAMILY The bad stock Martm X mmi» JM ^•S Among 4eO descendants of Martin andtheF.M.OiH there were 143 MENTAL DEFECTIVES 46 known to be normal 291 doubtful or unknown Technical Versus Popular Exhibit Forms Here are two treatments of the same subject. The chart on the opposite page is well adapted to use by a speaker who would make intelligible to persons unfamiliar with charts the meaning of the black and white circles. Explanation is also needed to make clear the real significance of the photograph of the girl whose bright face seems to suggest that the bad line ended well after all. As a method of attracting attention and conveying information quickly the group of three panels in which pictures are made to carry a large part of the story is more suitable. These sketches in gay colors on a gray background framed in dull hue suggest at a glance a story with a lively interest, and the visitor is pretty sure to stop long enough to read the few words. In each of the two lower panels the thought might be grasped more quickly if the words were not spread out over so much space. Also, the line dividing the upper and lower part of each panel separates ideas that belong together. 6oe Heredity and Mental Defect soIMmt (A) /Us uJfuL wife and (B) tJiz f^bU-muuUd daughter of OJL irtru- k.ccncr'. ^TrmTbi fUUluik Famlhj: % X9C, 0oddarcL) 436 direci aLescctuiajtls , 4S0 direci de^ccndxinis . /43 feeble mirvdecC. 44 normal £93 undcicrntLrted or w&mi hi nuurisi Martin k'alLkak' barn. 1753 Ike feeble ■ minded girl by wkoni he/mdan. iUeaiiuTuxic^on, , I I'l Pehorah k' a l h ta k born /S&9 □ lUxrirml male o TlarmaL ^emaM nuUt. Table mindtd female 6od NomalWife KALUKAK FAMILY The Good Stock Martin # Among 436 descendants of Martin and hfs normal wife Uwnevwere NO mental defiictives xmi NO criminals but MMiy distin^ished citizens F.M.Giri k KALUKAK FAMILY Martin The bad stock *> A Among 460 descendants of Martin and the F.M.Giri thene w«re 143 MENTAL DEFECTIVES 46 known to be normal 291 doutrtful or unknown Tfxhnic.'VL Versus Popular Exhibit Forms Here are two treatments of the same subject. The chart on the opposite page is well adapted to use by a speaker who would make intelligible to persons unfamiliar with charts the meaning of the black and white circles. Explanation is also needed to make clear the real significance of the photograph of the girl whose bright face seems to suggest that the bad line ended well after all. .\s a method of attracting attention and conveying information quickly the group of three panels in which pictures are made to carry a large part of the story is more suitable. These sketches in gay colors on a gray background framed in dull hue suggest at a glance a story with a lively interest, and the visitor is pretty sure to stop long enough to read the few words. In each of the two lower panels the thought might be grasped more quickly if the words were not spread out over so much space. Also, the line dividing the upper and lower part of each panel separates ideas that belong together. 6oe 1 1 sc:. VOUR CHURCH COOPERATE WITH THE UNrTED CHARITIES ? 18 YOUR RA8T0R OR REUEF SOCIETY ACQUAINTEO WITH OUR DISTRICT 8UPERINTEN0ENT M YOUR NEIGHBORHOOO? 00 YOU CO-OPCR/imE WITH US ? WE WITH YOU? IF NOT WHY NOT ? WON t YOU BEGIN NOW ? cu FOUR VEARS^enOWTH Ittramn um mmco-tmmnm CMUNCHBD \ .CZT>€B TIMES IN THE UNTTCD {MARITIES CO-OPER/GTEO WTH lose OTtCR MZNOES T»«8 WAS FIBMOI^nNB THE iENEVOLENT MPULSES or 1ME OaiMUMTV. WHiO- CO-OPERAnON MEANS THBB CO-OPERATION TTC uNrrgi cHANmai B A owRmr* OURGHMiry iriaNBrMDiny*nnjvaocKTV r rr . MM MOT oMECDir M Muerir «auui snu. mjmrwmBmmfmmHauKmrpm r. >«nv t nrMH F ITS GREiir WUJEHBHBMl UB «i mi lanuxnKir catMMTY i^iouKXB «w ticuKirHMaBarif>«M.iraMiipBiAM} 1 iwnnif It rfnn r iwnimmfrmimflwailtri T iiiiii i M TO ' the firMaidkit WIDEAWAKE / \ EMPLOYERS provide proper aid* EMPLOYEES u-o them lull.'.- I'M :\--- *''- ■ -• W' M.t t Sketch by James Dougherty 64b An Exhibit Panel As an example of technique in pane! making this panel is worth noting for its excellent illustration, in which the two figures whose actions set out the main idea are in striking relief against a familiar setting, and for the easy, informal way in which the warning is given by talking about the picture. The lettering and spacing are only fairly good, and the grouping of words in a line is not always in harmony with the emphasis. The brilliant coloring, which made an attractive feature of the original panel, unfortunately was not reproduced in the poster form in which the exhibit was chiefly used. Too many words are used, but the intensely personal interest of the subject matter to its special audience and the fairly extended period of display were believed to justify rather full treatment of the idea. This panel belongs to the series described in Chapter XIV, Part II. 65 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING the panel. Among these the first in order is the selection of material out of which the panels will be made, together with the type of construction, the latter involving such considerations as kinds of surface, danger of warping or buckling, lightness of weight for handling, and, in case of traveling exhib- its, the facility with which panels may be packed, assembled, and transported, and the amount of wear and tear they will stand. A second factor is size. This should be decided on the basis of convenience and adaptability to certain uses, but more particularly on the basis of presenting adequately a single idea on a panel on which an ample background space allows words and pictures to stand out boldly. Then follow the kind of paint or paper that will give the desired finish and the selection of colors for both back- ground and frame, with a wide range of choice open for the securing of effective combinations. Next is the all important question of what goes on a panel, which includes the words, their num- ber and choice, length of sentences, paragraphing, titles, and labels of illustrations. Then comes the "layout,"* or the arrangement of words and pic- tures and the distribution of blank spaces; the lettering, which includes the styles of letters, sizes, capitalization, and colors, all to be considered from the point of view of readability, appearance, and * Facility in preparing layouts in miniature for examination by those in charge and for the guidance of the letterers and artists, may be secured by the use of a specially ruled sheet similar to that repro- duced on page 88a. 66 FORMS OF EXHIBIT MATERIAL emphasis; the illustrations, including, in case of sketches, the color, finish, size, color vehicle (that is, oils, water colors, crayons), whether they should be drawn upon the panel itself or upon a separate background, and in case of photographs, size, finish and mounting. In all of these details there is op- portunity to employ mechanical, artistic, and liter- ary skill, and to secure endless variety through a happy choice of telling phrases and attractive colors, and the combinations of words and illus- trations. Something of these possibilities is sug- gested in the panels shown in the illustrations. In general, the number of words used should be as small as possible; they should be chosen for their accuracy, their power to present ideas vividly, and their simplicity; sentences and titles should be brief; color combinations should be harmonious; and in the effort to give certain points dramatic force attention should be accorded to the elements of suspense and surprise. Posters A poster is something to be posted or pasted on walls, windows, or billboards. Posters serve the same purpose as panels in that both are mediums for the display of information. Singly, they are widely used for advertising purposes. Their chief interest from the exhibit standpoint, however, is when several form a series suitable for presenta- tion in groups. The same factors to be taken into 67 !i A Good Exhibit Panel The " Movie of a Restaurant Worker" has attracted considerable attention both as an exhibit panel and as a halftone re- production for campaign printed matter. The panel, which has a compo-board background of buff and a frame of dark brown, is three by five feet. The choice of simple, easily read letters of good work- manship, one inch for text and two for title, the employment of capitals, and of variations in size of letters to give em- phasis, all illustrate phases of good prac- tice in panel making. The arrangement might be improved by lessening the space between lines within each " chapter," thus providing for a greater separation between chapters while leaving the present space between the chapter titles and the words that follow. The silhouettes with their touch of humor and pathos are, of course, the chief means of attracting attention, and they convincingly tell the story of the girl whose daily routine is that of hundreds of similar workers. The narrative form of the story makes it possible to employ more words than can usually be expected to hold the attention of visitors. 68 A MOVIE OF THE RESTAURANT WORKER •w I 7 A.M. The Waitress arrives -15 I minutes for breakfast II 1715 to 10 AM. Customers must be served III 10 to 12 A.M. She sorts folds and polishes IV 12to3RM. With heavy trays she walks about five miles HER PROGRAM FOR ^ V 3to5P.M. Tree" and nowhere to go VI 5to8P.M. Carrying trays and walking many miles VII 9 P.M. Exhausted Home and to bed viii 6 A.M. The daily grind be- gins again /ELEVEN HOURSAPAY! SEVEN DAYS AWEEK! » Sketches by Herbert and Roth 68a Panel by New York City Consumers' League I Turn dw^ to cougk It will be^ to prevent B.I: many disea^e^^ Post.'r by Xatioml Tuber miosis Association A Poster Reprodlchu as a Lantern Slide This poster made an excellent lantern slide. It was used to illustrate a health talk. Eyes and ears were directed to a single idea. See dis- cussion on page 70. The exhibit of which it is a part was reproduced in several forms: as two-color posters in quantities, as panels. lantern slides, and halftones. The panels were made by mounting and binding the posters as shown on page joe. 68b FORMS OF EXHIBIT MATERIAL account in the planning and preparation of panels need attention in producing posters.^ Charts and Placards Both posters and panels are sometimes referred to as charts or placards. Neither term, however, is particularly suitable. The term chart applies more particularly to outlines or curves on sheets or cards which show statistical facts graphically. Charts, or graphs, as they are sometimes called, are suited chiefly for class room or reference use, not to reach popular audiences. A placard is a printed statement used most frequently for an- nouncement, proclamation, or notice to the public. Panels Reproduced as Halftones, Slides, and Leaflets When ideas and facts have once been effectively expressed in panel form, there are many ways of reproducing the panel in order to secure for the ideas set forth a still wider audience. Some of the panels given in this book were prepared originally in color, and in addition to being reproduced in poster form^.were reproduced as slides in lectures, as inserts in motion picture films, as halftones for use in printing enclosures for letters, and as illus- trations for leaflets and reports. The reproduction of exhibit panels in the form * Sec illustration of a set of exhibit posters on page 24a. « See particularly illustrations on pages 64b and 5of. 69 Ill THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING of lantern slides offers inviting and still unexplored possibilities as a medium of spreading information. It is well to remember, however, that a lantern slide is shown under special conditions. It appears on the screen for a brief interval and is quickly gpne: and so, like the billboard poster, it must present its message briefly and vividly if the im- pression is to remain afterward. If the slides are used by a lecturer the ideas contained on them must correspond with his talk and not anticipate what he will say. Otherwise, the audience begins to speculate on their significance and its attention is distracted. It very often happens, where panels made up for exhibition purposes are reproduced as lantern slides, that the ideas are more fully developed than the lecturer wishes, since some of his emphasis may depend upon suspense and surprise or a gradual unfolding of his thought. On this account, in re- producing panels as lantern slides, it is necessary to consider carefully whether they can be success- fully used as they stand, whether they can be di- vided into two or more slides, each making a panel by itself, or whether this material should be en- tirely redrafted. For the most effective slides are usually composed of redrafted material. Illustrations for Panels Photographs, sketches, maps, and diagrams may be employed as illustrations for panels or they may be mounted and labeled as separate units. Points 70 i|: I FORMS OF EXHIBIT MATERIAL to be observed are discussed on pages 72b and 74a, where photographs used in exhibits are re- produced. However, a few suggestions here may serve to indicate some of the pitfalls frequently en- countered in using them as well as some of the possibilities which can be more fully taken advan- tage of. Photographs Photographs for exhibit purposes should be large enough and clear enough so that essential details may be recognized without conscious effort. In the vast majority of cases photographs used on panels are too small. We should like to set an ar- bitrary minimum size for most purposes, such as 1 1 by 14 inches; but the difficulty with such arbitrary limits is that there are too many special considera- tions to be taken into account in individual ex- hibits. This measurement might serve, however, as a rough general standard. Before making an enlargement, all irrelevant matter should be cut away so that the significant features of the picture stand out boldly. Either the text of the panel or the label for the photograph should bring out unmistakably what idea or facts each illustrates. Many examples of the possibili- ties of manipulating the details of photographs to obtain striking results or to make a picture fit into a particular space or design are afforded by familiar newspaper practice. Photographs should be selected not merely be- cause they are attractive or remarkable pictures in 71 fi I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING themselves, but because they make the exhibit more easily understcxwi. In other words, they should elucidate the purposes of the exhibit and not be mere decorations. To an increasing extent cartoons and free-hand sketches are being substi- tuted for photographs because of their ease in bringing out the real points of the illustration and freedom from needless and distracting detail. Sketches, Maps, etc. Cartoons, silhouettes, and illustrative sketches in black and white or in color are effective both on panels and as separate units. Cartoons prob- ably make one of the best propaganda forms for an exhibition, but clever cartoonists are rare and only a few exhibitors are fortunate enough to secure their services. In the use of sketches there is some- times a conflict between the desire of the artists to make an attractive picture and that of the ex- hibitor to have his idea illustrated accurately. The closest co-operation between the artist and someone who knows the subject matter is needed to get the best results. The illustrative matter shown by the cuts on pages 24a and 24b, for example, was discussed by the artist and a group of persons familiar with the subject matter at several stages of its preparation. Many revisions were made in both the penciled sketch and the final drawing. Because of these it is believed that a much better product was obtained. 73 I Defective Ladders I ta ntldiliunal €c>|iH« rurmthrd Ip A Poster for the Bulletin Board of a Shop or Factory The picture tells a familiar story and the three words give the warning so sharply and plainly that a man passing the bulletin board need scarcely pause to catch their meaning. It often proves desirable to display a series of such posters successively, each one remaining on view long enough to make sure that it has been seen and heeded. In the safety campaigns of many employers the bulletin board method of education is widely used. 72a i I I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING themselves, but because they make the exhibit more easily understood. In other words, they should elucidate the purposes of the exhibit and not be mere decorations. To an increasing extent cartoons and free-hand sketches are being substi- tuted for photographs because of their ease in bringing out the real points of the illustration and freedom from needless and distracting detail. Sketches, Maps, etc. Cartoons, silhouettes, and illustrative sketches in black and white or in color are effective both on panels and as separate units. Cartoons prob- ably make one of the best propaganda forms for an exhibition, but clever cartoonists are rare and only a few exhibitors are fortunate enough to secure their services. In the use of sketches there is some- times a conflict between the desire of the artists to make an attractive picture and that of the ex- hibitor to have his idea illustrated accurately. The closest co-operation between the artist and someone who knows the subject matter is needed to get the best results. The illustrative matter shown by the cuts on pages 24a and 24b, for example, was discussed by the artist and a group of persons familiar with the subject matter at several stages of its preparation. Many revisions were made in both the penciled sketch and the final drawing. Because of these it is believed that a much better product was obtained. 72 Defective Ladders I*«>o*»f( Mwruii L<»»iin %([<)>l>un«iJ C«*p(osed for a [)hoto- graph, looks as idle and comfortable as though she had merely to watch a [)assing procession of cans. It is due to the rare skill and sometimes to the good luck as well of the plioto- grapher especially trained for thi< work thai i-ood iiholographs for exhibits of this kind are .secured. 72 b INDUSTRY CANNOT PROSPER WfTHOUT GOOD WORKMEN. CHILD LABOR DESTROYS FUTURE EFFICIENCY Photographs That Tell a Story These photographs b\- Lewis Hine, in an exhibit of the Na- tional Child Labor Committee, illustrate the text admirably. The very intent ness on her work of the small child whose feet scarcely reach the floor, and the utter hopelessness of the "child- labor-adult," make the message of the panel vivid. 72c i o H O U X U V) < J H U4 < (Jl) IhLi '[■HM o o C Q x: a (t> o «^ ^ •^ *-• (A I/) c 04 DO <^ *» c ' 1> 3 v« -C O O ■<_• <*» ■^ C o PJ .-. ♦-> > 1/1 g> T3 < 1/1 u :s ft> 0* r— i; a rt >^ 3 U •^ wi 3 c c C ^ o u c .2 ■*-> c 0) 4> 'Zi vi > bO .Si. oi .E XI tc 00 o -S ^ c ts "S ** TO ■♦-> c ^ E "" 0) jC . r c o 1/1 u E bO ■ .E "I M o >. k. 03 k. O a. E a 60 >..E *- rt o "*" .E 5 .2 c £ X x: o > re x: t: o 1/5 "c c "w .E c PS > P3 (/) E '5b ^ 00 .E c T3 C ra 3 o c 1) 1/1 3 PS u V 3 O U «rt 3 c o rt 'Z < c 1» c a c o a OJ u M) .Si. .E JO Z o 5-» 4-» ** Oji .3 t-- r- 1/1 I- C o .g E IS ,^^ J— -J E ao ^ 2 60 ^ E rt > .E ^ a. DO c t: o 4) 'c c c •= .t: t— T3 C PS E O ^ I- c O- rs 3 E i« E ^ u x: JZ X c O. o rt 1/5 c "5b ^ o S .2 ^ -^ o .^^ *-J -J >«- -a o ii o ^ :S 2 u _ OJ « E -c <» i 72d FORMS OF EXHIBIT MATERIAL A variation of the colored sketch is the minia- ture scene in which there is actual rather than imagined depth. In scenes of this character, miniature buildings and figures are grouped in an appropriate setting to represent real life. Ex- amples are the street scene shown on page 14a and the models of scenes reproduced on pages 54a and 1 86b. These miniature scenes call for much skill and imagination in production, however, for, if they appear crude or highly artificial, they not only fail to convince, but they are likely to lessen the ap- peal of the whole exhibit of which they form a part. Maps as a background for showing many kinds of social facts and conditions may be used in a variety of ways: As separate wall units; as relief maps; as illustrations on panels; as the base or the screen for electrical or other devices. Such maps are marked with spots, pins, beads, flags, with cut-out figures of people or with small objects, and with colored lights flashing through holes in the map or mounted on its surface. li Diagrams Even though they are much used in exhibits in- tended for popular audiences diagrams are more likely to be technical than popular in form. The showing of percentages by the use of colored circles or bars and of comparative statistics by graphs or 73 i THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING ' IS a favorite device. Diagrams are not equally attractive media of communication to all. To some they represent a disagreeable form of mental effort; one way of making them appear less technical and indeed less dull to such visitors is to invent variations in which the circles or bars or hills have been replaced by successions of con- crete items, such as dollar signs, pictures of human figures, animals, or other appropriate objects. A diagram in the form of an electrical device is described on page 76b. Other examples are to be found on pages 60a, 60b, and 60c. Objects and Models Objects such as playthings or other articles good or bad for the baby, foods that illustrate good or bad choice of diet, utensils that make up the equip- ment of a convenient kitchen, and dozens of other life-sized objects have an illustrative and interest- arousing place in exhibits. But their significance should be clear. Displays of the handwork of in- stitutional children, for example, are suitable when they demonstrate that the children are provided with occupations suited to their ability, or that some social need is being met by having the chil- dren do the particular kind of work shown, or when the purpose is to make a graphic report on the activities of an institution. In all cases the purpose should be clear. Miniature reproductions or models of buildings, grounds, sanitary engineering projects, or the fuH- 74 M 74a II THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING "hills" is a favorite device. Diagrams are not equally attractive media of communication to all. To some they represent a disagreeable form of mental effort; one way of making them appear less technical and indeed less dull to such visitors is to invent variations in which the circles or bars or hills have been replaced by successions of con- crete items, such as dollar signs, pictures of human figures, animals, or other appropriate objects. A diagram in the form of an electrical device is described on page 76b. Other examples are to be found on pages 60a, fob, and 60c. Objects and Models Objects such as playthings or other articles good or bad for the baby, foods that illustrate good or bad choice of diet, utensils that make up the equip- ment of a convenient kitchen, and dozens of other life-sized objects have an illustrative and interest- arousing place in exhibits. But their significance should be clear. Displays of the handwork of in- stitutional children, for example, are suitable when they demonstrate that the children are provided with occupations suited to their ability, or that some social need is being met by having the chil- dren do the particular kind of work shown, or when the purpose is to make a graphic report on the activities of an institution. In all cases the purpose should be clear. Miniature reproductions or models of buildings, grounds, sanitary engineering projects, or the full- 74 74a ^ D ai £ a — o •- e ^ 111 1> Wl o ex v2 '^ i: 4^ o *^ ** rtT3 oj o .2 =^ £ c 2i ii o >- c 5 I- 4)0'- O 4J) w 2: o « 2: 4i^ W !«. 4-,rf 0)0*- a7 DC '-J "^ - ■ - " E c *- ■- o c " ^ H'-^ U J3 a> x: cj 5 O « M I- aj .£ rti i> .y *- ^ > > u v^ u ^ *- .E c « i> •— x: o o *M fcta .«x C r3 ^ *- „ g^x) E ^ J£ 2i aJ.E T3 t> c 3 2 ■•-« 1/1 u "™ CIS 0* ■ •. *- aj 4> ^ u fiiO C (UK" *^ ^^ c? ^MN ^ JC *- Jl — Q.'r "J ^ "T", — i T3 11 .J2 111 c/) to c c *- 4^ C (A o M X3 3 n O u .s O (/I in . S E a; j: 5; .dp .- ^ o E o_:"5 g -t; oj « p c pa u ^ s *; *>" 2i ■« c 2 o u c-c ux: 3 S aj ♦-'i_ a> "^ ■ J *^ •— ^ 3 ^ O "^ -5 .C T3 O *- T3 ^ *- . < 3-t3 E '*" 1/5 74b FORMS OF EXHIBIT MATERIAL sized setting or equipment for some activity, such as a Boy Scout's tent, or an ideal kitchen, are some- times merely attractions but they may have much exhibit value as well. For example, a full-sized model of a Sing Sing prison cell attracted consider- able attention at a recent exhibition because of the human interest that usually attaches to the ma- chinery of cruelty and punishment, and in turn it led visitors to read the nearby panels. It pro- duced a very vivid impression of the darkness, the cramping dimensions, the insanitary and wretched equipment, and the spirit-killing conditions of these antiquated cells. The use of a normal setting for exhibits of objects or models will enhance their value as a special fea- ture and increase their educational effectiveness. A fairly typical kitchen or home laundry in which are shown selected examples of electrical conven- iences possible for the average home to afford, would probably result in more housewives buying such equipment than would be the case had many devices been displayed in a far-from-average kit- chen or laundry. Then, too, in many contrasting exhibits the "bad" is often too bad to be convinc- ing, and the "good" too good to be true. The following examples are cited to suggest the variety of types of models and settings which have been used in social welfare exhibits together with the purposes in displaying them: The kitchens and bedrooms of "Mrs. Docare" and "Mrs. Dontcare." These are usually a little 75 M -J, Hi oi UJ ^ t/3 a: UJ < «u Ui u 2 « n - 4J O G. s s IE V .— 1/5, IK JC UJ *^ '-en L«. ^ <« n ^-' c ^ £^ a2 o • S rt £ ^£ ^ Z ■§ 1- 2 « ^ O '^ M ■1- ■!> -S (u ?^ -ii r: >" :f, > rt ^*— '™j '^ *— • *-* • I c >. >. s^ '5 > ** Z. c? fc- c 5 Q. iLt O »- C — a o u. JZ o (/5 {« n «2 2^ oJ 1/5 rs ♦- ao ' o .E § ^ *-> •— Vi Z3 « E g" .So'- c •— _0 aj ' U 1> x; X! o 5 ii v^= ci. 0* x^ (/) c -^ •-• E -* t: _!; o-§x c 2 4_ XI *- »_ H tfl c r: XI c o *^ O c > t/5 .— > (/» ^ o ^ c *- ID • — &0v5 .E ^ i> aJ -c -J , C 1> OT3 — a !5 X» *- i-- o _r *- aj a> £ > O (/5 n r- X* ^ .5 X "T3 >. E .2 t r; "O X) 2 x> aj -g '-* «>-* c ^ o ■"" y ■*- OiD f THE FLY'S AIR LINE TWO TERMINALS AND WAY STATION A Moving Model Two Ways of Illustrating the Fly Menace Sketch and model prepared by the Educational Exhibition Company of Providence, Rhode Island 76a THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING less than full-sized rooms fitted up in imitation of the respective homes of good and careless house- keepers. They should be the same in size and con- tain similar furniture. The contrasts come out in the ways in which the rooms and furnishings are used and cared for — the dirty stove and floor of Mrs. Dontcare; the clean dish towels and shining teakettle of Mrs. Docare. Miniature types of model buildings and grounds for rural schools. These serve to make the projects proposed more easily visualized and to stimulate interest in them. Miniature back yards and vacant lot gardens each with a small box as a foundation. In a child welfare exhibition in Peoria 25 boys, to each of whom had been given a box about two feet square, displayed his own plan of the use of a small piece of vacant land for a vegetable or flower garden. Or, a nearly "life-size" back yard or front yard may be placed in an extensive exhibition, as was the case in the Philadelphia To-day and To-mor- row exhibition shown in that city in the spring of 1916. A school playground model. Such a model made by school children to demonstrate to residents of the school district how their grounds could be utilized to advantage was a part of the Springfield Survey exhibition. Pictures of such three-dimension exhibit mate- rial will be found on pages 78b and 98a. 76 THE FLY*S AIR LINE AND ITS TWO TERMINALS A Sketch X :**-"l Vl THE FLYS AIR LINE ITS TWO TERMINALS AND WAY STATION :aasBisseft.,#~ A Moving Model Two Ways of Illustrating the Fly Menace Sketch and model prepared by the Educational Exhibition Company of Providence, Rhode Island 76a w I ll rWO MOVING MODELS RUN BY ELECTRJCITY Pelh shows number of worKin^ days in Sano«mon County Mines July laiS to «iuly 1913 Auo. ssrr. ocr. mo«. occ ^am. rKti. MAD. AP«.. HAV ^U'Ht Model designed by Walter Storey A Diagram Having Motion This realistic diagram, a feature of the Springfield Survey Exhibi- tion, appeared on the face of a large box about six feet wide by four high with a depth of about two feet, sufficient to contain the mechan- ism. The figures of miners moved endlessly along the grooved "hump," which represented the variation in the average number of working days of a miner month by month throughout the year. The explanatory label could have been made clearer. Adapted from Ladies' Home Journal A Clock to Emphasize Regularity Behind the space cut out of the face of the clock, a revolving disk brought into view successively a few words of direction for the baby's care at each hour of the day. The model was prepared for the Pitts- burgh Baby Week Exhibit. 76b FORMS OF EXHIBIT MATERIAL Moving or Flashing Devices Electricity or clockwork may be employed to advantage in connection with almost all forms of exhibit display. Besides attracting and centering attention, moving devices and lighting novelties may be made to interpret facts and ideas success- fully. Pressing a button may cause one scene to disappear and another to replace it, contrasting the old and the new way of meeting some social prob- lem. A clockwork device may cause a miniature factory worker to repeat as in real life the same monotonous motion sixty times a minute. A baby's face that appears in a flash and then fades from view at regular intervals can suggest the number of infant deaths in a stated territory dur- ing a certain period. Exhibits of Speech and Action The participation of people in presenting infor- mation through demonstrations, plays, tableaux, conferences, and stereopticon talks and motion pictures provides features that may supplement the exhibits of objects and panels in ways that will add much to the exhibition. These exhibits of speech and action attract attention more readily than do the "still" exhibits, and in some instances, such as the demonstration of a process, they may very well replace them in giving information. But. their special function is to supplement, in a partic- ularly striking way, the material given through the 77 rWO MOVING MODELS RUN BY ELECTRICITY Path shows numbwr of working days in SanO«mon County Mines July isia ■ "~'~ MOV. Auo. SBnc OCT. OKC to Uuly 1913 APR. HAV JUf* O 19 H I N O o A V Model designed by Walter Storey A DiACRAM Having Motion This realistic diaRram. a feature of the Springfield Survey Exhibi- tion, appeared on the face of a large box about six feet wide by four high with a depth of about two feet, sufficient to contain the mechan- ism. The figures of miners moved endlessly along the grooved "hump,** which represented the variation in the average number of working days of a miner month by month throughout the year. The explanatory label could have been made clearer. EVERYTHING DONE FOR THE BABY Adapted from Ladies' Home Journal A Clock to Emphasize Regularity Behind the space cut out of the face of the clock, a revolving disk brought into view successively a few words of direction for the baby*s care at each hour of the day. The mo(Jel was prepared for the Pitts- burgh Baby Week Exhibit. 76b FORMS OF EXHIBIT MATERIAL Moving or Flashing Devices Electricity or clockwork may be employed to advantage in connection w^ith almost all forms of exhibit display. Besides attracting and centering attention, moving devices and lighting novelties may be made to interpret facts and ideas success- fully. Pressing a button may cause one scene to disappear and another to replace it, contrasting the old and the new way of meeting some social prob- lem. A clockwork device may cause a miniature factory worker to repeat as in real life the same monotonous motion sixty times a minute. A baby's face that appears in a flash and then fades from view at regular intervals can suggest the number of infant deaths in a stated territory dur- ing a certain period. Exhibits of Speech and Action The participation of people in presenting infor- mation through demonstrations, plays, tableaux, conferences, and stereopticon talks and motion pictures provides features that may supplement the exhibits of objects and panels in ways that will add much to the exhibition. These exhibits of speech and action attract attention more readily than do the "still" exhibits, and in some instances, such as the demonstration of a process, they may very well replace them in giving information. But. their special function is to supplement, in a partic- ularly striking way, the material given through the 77 n ii f THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING panels and devices. Because they do much to en- liven an occasion they have an important place in an exhibition which is to be made something of an event Hke a community or a traveling campaign exhibition. iiiii Demonstration of a Process Exhibiting a process, such as basket weaving or fruit canning, by having it done, is naturally a more graphic method than describing the process through printed words and pictures. It is possible to demonstrate bathing the baby, dressing him, preparing his food, and making his bed, using a life-size doll. All sorts of household activities can be demonstrated by showing part of the process and by explaining the rest. In planning the demonstration it will be well to estimate the length of time that the average visitor is likely to remain at one spot. When the demon- stration is one feature of an extensive exhibition, only those few, if we may judge by past experience,' who neglect the rest of the exhibit in favor of your demonstration, will stay more than about ten minutes. Indeed, you cannot well afford to have them stay longer for they would thus prevent others from witnessing the demonstration. If the work of the demonstrator moves slowly the interest wanes. So it is best to adapt your process to time limits set to meet the conditions. If the process demonstrated is the cooking of food, the demonstration cannot include the whole opera- 78 ■= ^ 5 « art™ «^ C.S o ^ a; S ^ •^ rt ^ 01 J2 < £-3 Sii jj rt p O O .y n) O c u x: «j M X! a. T S P. O i| o E M T3 2 o •— o. 11 S u ^ 5 o m'c. o c -^ TJ rt *j en 5 'u E "= r- x; c ^ c CO tn CO rt rt M C u ,^ c > a ID X5 > C rt -o rt X rt ?^ C ^ C "c — 0,' x: "*- *J c en -Q -^ C O ♦J cs ° rt •*- M en k< a: ~ ^' tn -H T3 O C C G O rt "2 "^ (u C c ~ do" >. C; en a 3. o •Z E 3 « C ^ O g O . >. O-JS _ C rt ''^ o 5 "2 " js *-> 2 1- oj >^ rt x: *M J*l Hk-> K-'f CA « 2 o ^ o Z^ c c o -3 O l* "*" C 73 < •- IS "N 1) 0/ 2 x: ,i *^ h rt £ X ii-- P ,„ rt -*-* flj ?' C C 2: ;? o o tl "a « c .a C >- O) ^ c n u •-^■^ i: 78a I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING panels and devices. Because they do much to en- liven an occasion they have an important place in an exhibition which is to be made something of an event like a community or a traveling campaign exhibition. Ill Demonstration of a Process Exhibiting a process, such as basket weaving or fruit canning, by having it done, is naturally a more graphic method than describing the process through printed words and pictures. It is possible to demonstrate bathing the baby, dressing him, preparing his food, and making his bed, using a life-size doll. All sorts of household activities can be demonstrated by showing part of the process and by explaining the rest. In planning the demonstration it will be well to estimate the length of time that the average visitor is likely to remain at one spot. When the demon- stration is one feature of an extensive exhibition, only those few, if we may judge by past experience, who neglect the rest of the exhibit in favor of your demonstration, will stay more than about ten minutes. Indeed, you cannot well afford to have them stay longer for they would thus prevent others from witnessing the demonstration. If the work of the demonstrator moves slowly the interest wanes. So it is best to adapt your process to time limits set to meet the conditions. If the process demonstrated is the cooking of food, the demonstration cannot include the whole opera- 78 3 a G a C -p ^ "^ a; a; a^ 2 — n •— >^ CO 4J "r* B Z 2 3 M ^ s: O e O •Z ■= -a S "a c-o *- 2 - tM B b£ c "O '3 ? Hi - '^ C8 en r; 01 03 Jr2 ^ B ° ; ^ ti ^ ^ « 5b CJ "O, O B a <«> B o rt u B > « £ CO *3 f , 5 ■5 to T3 — CO QJ 1^ Q -- w B O ^ M a; x; k- B ^- 3 be a " a; M j= .s B ii O <" J3 B -5 I' a ^ o £.ii •^ kI . - 'a £ I S ii T3 bJ! J2 B o; o o en 0; CO <«« OJ . OJ C a 3 09 -M B £i S ^ 00 >• 2x1 >. aja _^ 5 m CO — . ^ j= aj fc^ cO pB ji" -B •'-' CO ^ k- S 11 >- O' -PI -S bc 55 •- 2 O 2 U B 4^ O. 2 B 2 o = S CO 43 ir CO B o a . ex (N < « (0 . a B .2u «s .J *J *j 03 13 a X B dJ 8.2 CO «-> 78a ill "Mrs. Docare" and "Mrs. Dontcare" A number of child welfare exhibits have had displays in full size con- trasting the kitchen or bedroom of the bad housekeeper with the good one who presumably has about the same means. A fault in the example shown above and in many other exhibits of the same kind is that the home of "Mrs. Dontcare," while not entirely overdrawn, since there are many such homes to be found, is too extreme to carry a lesson to most of theaudience. Many a careless Mrs. Dontcare might be stimu- lated to greater effort by a reproduction of cleanliness and neatness that she would recognize as possible for her to carry out, contrasted with one of dirt and disorder that is true enough to be reminiscent of her own home. Mrs. Docare's kitchen here is inadequate, a fact she herself would know if she saw it. It lacks the proper equipment for the cooking, washing, and meal serving. The idea is an excellent one, however, if it is carried out skilfully and tactfully. FORMS OF EXHIBIT MATERIAL tion and so may be confined to the mixing of in- gredients, supplemented by displays of the food in various other stages of preparation. If there are enough workers and ample space the demonstra- tion may be planned so that at a given time each worker is at a different stage of the process and a visitor as he moves along can very quickly see the process from beginning to end. A common fault of demonstrators at exhibitions is a tendency to become absorbed in the work it- self and to fail to explain to visitors what is being done. Sometimes the work requires close atten- tion. In this case it may be well to have an ex- plainer do the talking. It is important also that opportunities be given for questions. The demon- stration is greatly increased in its exhibit value if the setting and the equipment used in the processes are similar to those which the visitors are likely to have and use when they later try to follow the demonstrations at home. In a cooking demonstration, the use of an iden- tification number, such as was given at the recent Chicago Patriotic Food Show, will enable visitors to locate quickly in their sample cook books (as- suming that such are available also) the recipes being demonstrated at any given time. This prac- tice may well be extended to all demonstrations and program events by making it possible for visitors readily to find a reference on their printed programs to the events that are taking place. The goodwill of visitors will be furthered by detailed 79 78b Il "Mrs. Docare" and "Mrs. Dontcare" A number of child welfare exhibits have had displays in full size con- trasting the kitchen or bedroom of the bad housekeeper with the good one who presumably has about the same means. A fault in the example shown above and in many other exhibits of the same kind is that the home of "Mrs. Dontcare," while not entirely overdrawn, since there are many such homes to be found, is too extreme to carry a lesson to most of theaudience. Many a careless Mrs. Dontcare might be stimu- lated to greater effort by a reproduction of cleanliness and neatness that she would recognize as possible for her to carry out, contrasted with one of dirt and disorder that is true enough to be reminiscent of her own home. Mrs. Docare's kitchen here is inadequate, a fact she herself would know if she saw it. It lacks the proper equipment for the cooking, washing, and meal serving. The idea is an excellent one, however, if it is carried out skilfully and tactfully. 78b FORMS OF EXHIBIT MATERIAL tion and so may be confined to the mixing of in- gredients, supplemented by displays of the food in various other stages of preparation. If there are enough workers and ample space the demonstra- tion may be planned so that at a given time each worker is at a different stage of the process and a visitor as he moves along can very quickly see the process from beginning to end. A common fault of demonstrators at exhibitions is a tendency to become absorbed in the work it- self and to fail to explain to visitors what is being done. Sometimes the work requires close atten- tion. In this case it may be well to have an ex- plainer do the talking. It is important also that opportunities be given for questions. The demon- stration is greatly increased in its exhibit value if the setting and the equipment used in the processes are similar to those which the visitors are likely to have and use when they later try to follow the demonstrations at home. In a cooking demonstration, the use of an iden- tification number, such as was given at the recent Chicago Patriotic Food Show, will enable visitors to locate quickly in their sample cook books (as- suming that such are available also) the recipes being demonstrated at any given time. This prac- tice may well be extended to all demonstrations and program events by making it possible for visitors readily to find a reference on their printed programs to the events that are taking place. The goodwill of visitors will be furthered by detailed 79 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING program or placard announcements telling when demonstrations will actually be held. Group Demonstration In exhibitions whose subject is recreation or education, for example, many activities may be demonstrated by groups of children. Playground activities, such as dancing, games, and drills; the manual work of special school classes, such as wood- work, cooking, or table setting; home occupations for little children and evening home games for the family; setting up camp and first-aid demonstra- tions by Boy Scouts or Camp Fire Girls-all these and many others make attractive and sometimes useful exhibits. The word "sometimes" is em- ployed because their teaching value depends on the extent to which their significance is brought out by good interpretation. If the visitor watching a playground game sees only a group of children playing a game and not a demonstration of the value of organized and supervised play, he may be entertained, but he is not convinced of the use- fulness of play directors. The above activities serve the purpose best if there is a small group of demonstrators who ac- tually exercise their art throughout the period during which the exhibition is open. Frequent changes of the personnel of the performers is a gain, but the same game or song or exercise may be repeated since the audience changes constantly and those who come several times are too few to 80 •— ift 6(0 o 3 > -= -S .^ T3 ^ g. ^2^ a (/I 9. B I- a. sz^ - Co rt O ^ c >■£ C3 -C O V- rt J2^ O ■f= 3 - 5.2 3-0 f~ in O B^ ■" C T3 rS tu 'C >; P3 rt a. ■" ^ J= a> "O O j= c c It! h > OJ (/I OJ C C OJ •— -rl >, o ™ -— - ~ -^ u OJ t: 3 O i 80a >ll THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING program or placard announcements telling when demonstrations will actually be held. Group Demonstration In exhibitions whose subject is recreation or education, for example, many activities may be demonstrated by groups of children. Playground activities, such as dancing, games, and drills; the manual work of special school classes, such as wood- work, cooking, or table setting; home occupations for little children and evening home games for the family; setting up camp and first-aid demonstra- tions by Boy Scouts or Camp Fire Girls — all these and many others make attractive and sometimes useful exhibits. The word "sometimes" is em- ployed because their teaching value depends on the extent to which their significance is brought out by good interpretation. If the visitor watching a playground game sees only a group of children playing a game and not a demonstration of the value of organized and supervised play, he may be entertained, but he is not convinced of the use- fulness of play directors. The above activities serve the purpose best if there is a small group of demonstrators who ac- tually exercise their art throughout the period during which the exhibition is open. Frequent changes of the personnel of the performers is a gain, but the same game or song or exercise may be repeated since the audience changes constantly and those who come several times are too few to 80 ° •- ,-= "rt .E ^ 12 c r- *- box «i 3 ^ C .S 4> O O ^ ■'- V) 60 ■fi -S .-S 13 4i 2. »- C *> O O 0) *^- •— _c x: ^ c cS O •T3 "^ C _ , a> > i> .E ^"2 >*S > "^^ cs rt o ™ ■4-1 e^ o c *- o 60 O c c • — l- '-> _e <'u O 4-* C m fe E '5. S T3 a; -= > 3 rt O j= x: _>. . "O _>» x: 60 •*" 3 2 £ 3 o O JZ rs It 80a ^ 8ob ^ ii IP THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING require special consideration. Changes should be governed by demand for new publicity material and arranged for by the exhibit committee. Small Conferences People may be brought together to talk over informally some phases of the exhibit topic or they may bring their own more difficult problems for consideration. These conferences will be suitable and useful in so far as they are limited to the dis- cussion of matters touched upon by the exhibits or suggested by them. A club or society may call such a conference at the exhibition hall; or people may assemble in response to the announcement that at a given hour a certain topic will be 'dis- cussed or a leader speak; or the conference may be entirely of the "drop in" variety. Ba^y Health Conferences A combination feature that has proved very suc- cessful is the baby health conference, also a type of demonstration which consists mainly in the ex- amination by physicians, in a space separated by a railing or glass partition from the audience, of babies and sometimes of children up to six years.* The use of explainers who follow the progress of each examination brings its lessons to the attention of many visitors. The examination is followed by * For a full account and detailed instructions on Baby Health Conferences, see publication by the United States Children's Bureau, Washington, entitled Baby Week Campaigns. 82 FORMS OF EXHIBIT MATERIAL a conference with the parents who receive a record of the child's condition. Combinations of examinations and informal con- ferences of several types, including tests or exami- nations of feeding methods, care of the teeth, and other health problems are sometimes made features of exhibitions. They afford an excellent method of establishing a personal relationship with persons for whose benefit the exhibition is held. The sug- gestions as to the relations of special features to other exhibits given later in this chapter in the section on Programs we believe to be particularly applicable to these conferences. Plays and Tableaux A dramatic interpretation of the exhibition theme in the form of a "playlet," pantomime, or tableau lasting from fifteen to twenty minutes is an attractive and desirable feature. Little plays have been written about the care of babies, the need for fresh air, child labor, wages, community centers, charity organization work, and many other topics. They usually center about the every- day human aspect of a moving incident or of some perplexing personal or family problem that is typi- cal of situations arising out of the conditions the exhibit aims to correct. At the Springfield Survey exhibition a play vividly illustrated the bad effects of irregular employment by producing two scenes from the home life of the family of an irregularly employed miner. A play given in connection 83 h THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING with an exhibition on feeble-mindedness had for its setting a juvenile court room, and for its plot the wrecking of family usefulness that arose from their trying to keep at home a feeble-minded growing girl instead of putting her into an in- stitution designed particularly for her needs. A variation of the playlet is the sketch that is no more than the acting out of some everyday experience of the visiting nurse or probation officer, for instance, or the meeting of the committee of a dispensary clinic where the daily stories are re- hearsed and advice given. The presenting of per- sons in action adds an interest-arousing quality. The little play need not consume an undue amount of the attention of visitors, and at the same time it may provide that "special attraction" that is frequently desired. Addresses and Stereopticon Talks A talk of twenty minutes or so by a prominent person who has something worth while to say on the subject is sometimes a valuable feature. If it can be accompanied by stereopticon views its value is likely to be still further enhanced. Someone known as a specialist or leader in the field the ex- hibit covers, who comes from out of town for the occasion, makes the event more impressive. Ad- dresses by people who are prominent locally give the weight of their endorsement to the movement. It is a good plan to give speakers in advance a clear idea of the purpose of the exhibition and the 84 FORMS OF exhibit MATERIAL opportunity to see the exhibits so that they may make intelligent references that will increase the interest of the audience in them. Motion Pictures The propaganda value of the motion picture is both very considerable and also much overrated. It is unreasonable to expect results merely because people like motion pictures. The excellence of the particular picture, the method of using it, and such other factors as count in the success of any exhibit apply equally to motion pictures. Films satisfactory for propaganda purposes are not numerous at the present time and few of them are available. Films on topics unrelated to the exhibit theme, but used as bait for drawing audi- ences, are seldom an attraction to the highly so- phisticated motion picture "fans" who have plenty of opportunity to choose entertainment of this kind for themselves. For awakening interest and for imparting help- ful information the motion picture, of course, should be accurate as to the facts and ideas it infers or suggests and fair in its presentation of opinions and policies. Few indeed are the films on social and civic topics now in existence which meet even such simple standards. Of these few, only a still smaller number are generally accessi- ble through the commercial agencies or through any of the centers that circulate films for educa- tional or social welfare purposes. We should there- 85 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING fore like to warn exhibitors that great care should be exercised in planning for the use of films and in their selection. The greater the value we place upon the services of the motion picture the greater is our responsibility to make wise selections and to secure the maximum teaching utility out of them when we get them. Among the agencies for securing films are the extension departments of the state universities, numerous national and state governmental bodies, and welfare organizations of both national and state-wide scope. Exhibit Programs An entertainment that not merely draws as a show but that teaches as well, will increase the use- fulness of the exhibit by helping to concentrate the attention of visitors upon the main idea. Anything that distracts attention from this idea takes away something from the effectiveness of the exhibits. For instance, city planning is not made to seem more desirable or necessary by displaying free mo- tion pictures of mountain scenery or animated cartoons, or by providing a victrola that plays popular airs or even selections of classical music. You may encounter the kindly "movie" operator who thinks your "stuff is dull," and suggests that the picture exchange lend you a "comic" to liven it up. It is to be hoped that your stuff is not dull, but if it is you have very little to gain by giving a free motion picture performance that offers m u. O UJ O X < z o X £1.UJ UJ Z s < o o ••-I Urn .P.M, x: >^ C <♦- ** 5^ cu c c 2 3 13 55 "O o SU >. 3 a> 2 w *-• ,. t/l 1/5 •*" (W = ii ^ £! =^ *-> •— 1/5 " ^ fl> « >^ c J'? *- ■ «" -C ^ O C L_ c 'G O u ■r P3 x: aj 0^ rt .- x: C 3 > ", T3 .JL C .= i' "O O . D. 3 4> re 5j « 60 6JD OJ ^ c 1/5 C *j u . 3 .:£ b. t- ■^ O c :* O a; u — (« 2 o / 86a ' j:i.i THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING fore like to warn exhibitors that great care should be exercised in planning for the use of films and in their selection. The greater the value we place upon the services of the motion picture the greater is our responsibility to make wise selections and to secure the maximum teaching utility out of them when we get them. Among the agencies for securing films are the extension departments of the state universities, numerous national and state governmental bodies, and welfare organizations of both national and state-wide scope. Exhibit Programs An entertainment that not merely draws as a show but that teaches as well, will increase the use- fulness of the exhibit by helping to concentrate the attention of visitors upon the main idea. Anything that distracts attention from this idea takes away something from the effectiveness of the exhibits. For instance, city planning is not made to seem more desirable or necessary by displaying free mo- tion pictures of mountain scenery or animated cartoons, or by providing a victrola that plays popular airs or even selections of classical music. You may encounter the kindly "movie" operator who thinks your "stuff is dull," and suggests that the picture exchange lend you a "comic" to liven it up. It is to be hoped that your stuff is not dull, but if it is you have very little to gain by giving a free motion picture performance that offers 86 I > u. O {/> O X < z o aa c '^ ■ Zi ■«- ■t-> rt Z. J= I _ X u Z X < o o c .— c rS . >,T3 c9 « lu 5, C 4— • cd 5 cii Urn ~ " 3 T3 8<« O C »- S13 oiS Z o 3 S O S aiS c n ^ a> (/) -^ o a. '^^ E I, O 1. 'T3.J. C ."£ ■is <« 'u C u O o > 2 a c J-^ 3 ;/j rt OJ •— u. OJ « 4) CO ■Sic c o c^. x: > O) D. C C 3 > rt O .^ aj OJ 0) u x: j= 3 - : o o a c o 4_> "^ bC bC o ^ (/5 ? .- u • 3 J«: *-> o O) c o « x: > u / 86a o UJ XI CO i_ 3 < CC 0- ■m/ """HI o . as O L AMM/Mw I M I MMMMMM a.. ■ f ra ■■■• ■■■»■■■ ■> ■' ■! «'i ■'ik-r.Kii r an .'■■■i'«« iv^an.-ivia ^■■■>i ati ■ Ml ■■■■■ ^■■■■■•'^iisiBi > ■■ I'^^'^Biiiai'i iiMair.iiii.Baiir^ti'BkiHBBB.^BJ _I-LJ.I^ -^" ;u tl'.l iii i\ \'l ;:i i^v 2i3SZSi ii»r t: iViVflTW m tH'-.y ^'■ rs y--\ m -2* ^tfAC*- ^. ■ ■■■■BBBBI ■ " ^■CU»B»BB::BBaHBIiaBBBBr>aBIBII aaBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBrii'::.'i(Bai:i«ac«r.s ^-mmvrr;nr.i'il'^.7}m'-^iwt,nfrx^.- ■ Vfil aaiBB K\\,iAA^mmmiun\\'X,mm ii'.m aaiBir.'.r i'V^BBV/f tir-Mmmmw.-j kiimmi i.'-: t-iu.- E#::\:p^^ I'll ^tMmmi'j-iM Yi:±l laaaBaaBBBBBBaBaBBBBBBwaaaaaai BaBBBBBBBaaaaBBBBnaBBiBiaBBBBi ■T.r.rBBP*^MaBB<«Fffr^BBBB*aaB"B3BiB( Hmmi Trm ■ ■■^■saar-iv.aar ^-.-^ mmmmmf^'Mrw n^r- riBBBIr TBaBB':i''i«PBaBB'

■■ i'^^-^bi iisk •■!■■■ r.a uraBiir^i la »"« ■■■■.'<■ 4 ■ ■ IB ■■■iiaaaii ■■■•«?-■> iMi ■<■«■■! '••• (■'!■■■ ir'iii IK n.rar'taak ■• ■■• ma: ■ ■iiaiiaiiBBaaiai ■ lua « !■■ ■jb^".bi aiiBj'jaai /i'lri ' iiKVJif ■■■! mzdta: -^" VjtKf • 4 m \tt\ ■ aBBBBflaBBaBBIBIS.I.^^/y 'i ■aBBPiaHBaaBBB M i.l i^V «B« n -2* ■■■■■■^■■■^■■■■■■■1 'A -A1 <^ 1i i;? i) jv :r k*lil Ik ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ 3IE ■■•'•■■ M l ' ji«BBaaBiK.Bar..a>^BPa'BVaaaBaai BBBBBBaBBai--y< r- jMBfi'ji t'««r»B a ■■rr. IB i^-JBaiaaaaaaa I irik ■ll.k.BBVa'^.tjB^^tBB^I.I.'. Ui9BaBBX«9BBajraL.B' aaBBaBBBaBBJ'>BBB3aBI'3BBailBBaBBrBBBB«BnBBBBa 'BBBBII ^ IKE BBIBB LVW^fi^BBBi 4/flll 'MB nil Wt \\.^lt^4.\ ■BBir.'.r 'i'v«BBB/« iif''JBaBf/ii::aBiL-: lii.'. m i rm i iiiMii i t ■ aaaBBBBaaaBBaBBBBBBBaBBBBBBBI ■BBBBBBBI ■ r. r.raBPB^*IBBB^Pf 3'cA^fci3^ll>r«g^^' c^ ^4^ !-yfc< Sft Designed by Walter Storey A Layout Sheet Sheets of this kind can be used to advantage in preparing panel copy for the approval of exhibitors and to give directions to sign writers. The original from which this cut was made is 9 by 15 inches, printed in light blue so that instructions stand out distinctly. The heavy perpendicular line in the middle helps in center- ing the material. Abbreviations are: sp, spacing; Ic, lower case; ck, checked to see that the total of sizes of letters and spaces agrees with panel dimensions. 88a -J 4J ~ 3 t ^ 00 Q O *^ c __ "5 fc« aj. v-" '^ j; o *:; a» M-5 3^ -C c *- -s *» O X ULm I/) w «/5 C ^ OJ « 4> r; i" « u > > ■^ .trX. o ■^ U (/) u c =:: O !f O 2 "o ~ E «> o V. O ^ *-* C h. I 03 iL 2 a- rt.S > cr — J5 C C (A < 5^ Sb-C Qio u c 2 *- *- TT !> ca li! O r- (= ClO ■Q -*" -^ "" ««^ TJ •£ O ^ 3J *» - « 3 C fc. o w a. v. Si 4^ 60 lao T3 bO x: c a a (/) PS X) rt x: c TJ C C"" 3 V So DOJ= o c 3 3^ k- "" l« (Tl •*" (U = <« rt 'z: c •- c3 pd C •- 0^ >> aox) n XI b2 bO x> T3-- 4> *- P3 C rt •5 Cab "* M • "^ ** 4_J --^w ^T x: *- r* O . 7: E '-' c Si^ o 3 J- r_ > *-• c O 51 V. JS ■•- 3 c 0* oj -4—* .-^ f* 60^ -. O 1/1 " 'w t: ^_ X3 C c S o 'u £ = E u O 0^ X) a 3 o c W > c L « >*• ITI CSI 0) c > D 00 c V) XI ?l S 3 09 m VIM HOW WILL YOU UTILIZE THE FLOOR SPACE? IN planning the exhibit arrangement the meth- ods of the writer and the architect may be used to advantage. The first need is for an outh'ne of the subject matter showing clearly the relationships between ideas — such an outline as a writer would prepare for an article or a story. Later, a floor plan upon which the location of the exhibits and the amount of space allotted should be drawn. The floor plan should follow the subject matter outline as to the relative positions of ex- hibits. In adapting the arrangement of subjects to exhibition space and the allotment of space to each subdivision of the topic many practical things will need to be taken into account. If no such out- line of subject matter is prepared the exhibit is likely to resemble an author's note book, made up of the ideas he has jotted down as they occurred to him but without correlation. If there is no floor plan, it will be like a house in which the space allot- ments are devised after the framework is up. Again, a piece of writing is divided into chapters and paragraphs through which a thread or theme runs; similarly an exhibit is divided into booths 89 88b ■ I/) I o j= 3 x: d x: c M O ■ — T3 rt « u ^ c Ciu ex. "-J ". S ?^ C i^ 5^ *^ 'G ' c zn 'o Z Z t/5 o o '_» w 3 t» ^ (/I "^ 1% ^' ^^ « — -c OJ 4i 4i C C in Ci- (J C c o 1/1 B- a> 3 O *-.£ o &C O. ^'^ 4J ^ ® -C -73 3 O O i, a *- O 3-» 4; -^ V- *- " U^ b. C r3 2P 'J t o •— *^ r3 s_ 31 rt '"'" rj P w- -^n aC ::; 3 rt -a ,a> o O X J2 *-.£>. 0^ *- 3: x: C "3 rt ^ " 1' t: .«_ 12 c u ° •— ;^ •— 3 ^ 0^ '-» aj ^ t C c ? T3 4»:2 « x: > oj r ■- -c 4» -a P . S bog-^ -^ So o £ a ■^ ^i: 3 rt, c o 4> fl, »_ .C ii^ bC 88b VIII HOW WILL YOU UTILIZE THE FLOOR SPACE? IN planning the exhibit arrangement the meth- ods of the writer and the architect may be used to advantage. The first need is for an outline of the subject matter showing clearly the relationships between ideas — such an outline as a writer would prepare for an article or a story. Later, a floor plan upon which the location of the exhibits and the amount of space allotted should be drawn. The floor plan should follow the subject matter outline as to the relative positions of ex- hibits. In adapting the arrangement of subjects to exhibition space and the allotment of space to each subdivision of the topic many practical things will need to be taken into account. If no such out- line of subject matter is prepared the exhibit is likely to resemble an author's note book, made up of the ideas he has jotted down as they occurred to him but without correlation. If there is no floor plan, it will be like a house in which the space allot- ments are devised after the framework is up. Again, a piece of writing is divided into chapters and paragraphs through which a thread or theme runs; similarly an exhibit is divided into booths 89 I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING or separated groups of objects which are again divided into smaller units, such as panels or table scenes, each of these conveying a thought or an idea to be sure, but all of them related to the cen- tral theme of the whole exhibit and having a part in its orderly development. Thus the arrangement of material may be that of a sequence of ideas each one developed logically from the one preceding as is the case in written exposition. You would then have a definite start- ing point and a clearly marked route which follows the unfolding of a story or a theme through a series of booths. We may follow the history of woman in industry through a series of panels or booths, dealing progressively with stages in industrial de- velopments; or we may consider the problems of child health and education, as was done in the Peoria Child Welfare Exhibition, as a cycle of life, arranging in a sequence the outstanding problems of infancy, childhood, youth, and parentage. Another arrangement of material may present a single proposition illustrated conspicuously as a central idea or theme, and around it may be grouped related ideas each one developed suffi- ciently to be a small unit in itself, all of them bear- ing more or less the same relation to the main theme though not necessarily steps in a logical sequence of reasoning. For example, we may dem- onstrate by a series of independent exhibits the proposition that "much of the work for the home is done outside the home." The exhibits illustrat- 90 WOMENS PLACE IS IN THE HOME' True — as long as all work for the home had to be done in the home y X. ^^ r^ ,ti« 100 years ago clothing, shoes, jam, dye, soap were made in the home ! When power machinery took these and other industries from Home to Factory, women left their homes to follow their work Sequence of Ideas in Panels This panel is the first of a series in which the history of women in industry is briefly developed. The reader goes with the women from home to factory. In the next panel he sees four home occupations transferred to the factory, and is given the statistics regarding the thousands of women now carrying on outside the home these former domestic duties. 90a V THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING or separated groups of objects which are again divided into smaller units, such as panels or table scenes, each of these conveying a thought or an idea to be sure, but all of them related to the cen- tral theme of the whole exhibit and having a part in its orderly development. Thus the arrangement of material may be that of a sequence of ideas each one developed logically from the one preceding as is the case in written exposition. You would then have a definite start- ing point and a clearly marked route which follows the unfolding of a story or a theme through a series of booths. We may follow the history of woman in industry through a series of panels or booths, dealing progressively with stages in industrial de- velopments; or we may consider the problems of child health and education, as was done in the Peoria Child Welfare Exhibition, as a cycle of life, arranging in a sequence the outstanding problems of infancy, childhood, youth, and parentage. Another arrangement of material may present a single proposition illustrated conspicuously as a central idea or theme, and around it may be grouped related ideas each one developed suffi- ciently to be a small unit in itself, all of them bear- ing more or less the same relation to the main theme though not necessarily steps in a logical sequence of reasoning. For example, we may dem- onstrate by a series of independent exhibits the proposition that "much of the work for the home is done outside the home." The exhibits illustrat- 90 WOMENS PLACE IS IN THE HOME' True — as long as all work for the home had to be done in the home ■^ m .■'^ ""S-JliPif- j ■p'-MMIi . <.' 100 years ago clothing, shoes, jam, dye, soap were made in the home ? When power machinery took these and oth^r industries from Home to Factory, women left their homes to follow their work I I Sequence of Ideas in Panels This panel is the first of a series in which the history of women in industry is briefly developed. The reader goes with the women from home to factory. In the next panel he sees four home occupations transferred to the factory, and is given the statistics regarding the thousands of women now carrying on outside the home these former domestic duties. 90a "o >. > o O V. I_ 03 • ■ ■^ o •£ >, oj 4; >, c O C gj fli O ->-• c — - -C O C •-- rt *-' "1 _2 x: "t; x: >>.•=: H • _ 4J JC > COT (/I 2 >. O -C t^ ?2 P o £ £ :- o ^ laox: c C (U Xi (« u D.D.O bORSCijD.ti P ^ *: _c "2 ^ 2 *- o O M) *-* x: c t« J3 e O c H ^ *- .2 .12 O CO t/i = :2 j= O ^ ;? o c »- X U -t-t 3 3 > o. o bC 4» • :s .::i o t: .t: o 5 .22 5 Confusing and Uninteresting Grouping of Exhibits In striking contrast to the booth shown on the opposite page, material in the exhibits above is mounted with little or no space between ex- hibits and no apparent starting point or orderly arrangement of ideas Good arrangement is all the more necessary in the case of the upper exhibit because the material calls for close examination. if you were looking at either of these exhibits where would you begin reading.r' How many of the charts or panels would you examine? What would you remember with sufficient clearness to tell someone else about it the next day? gob 90c CONFLSINt. AND UnI NTHKESTINC, CjROUIMNCi Oh hXHIBllS In Striking contrast to the booth shown on the opposite page, material in the exhibits above is mounted with little or no space between ex- hibits and no apparent starting point or orderly arrangement of ideas. tifKKl arrangement is all the more necessary in the case of the upper exhibit because the material calls for close examination. If you were looking at either of these exhibits where would you begin reading? How many of the charts or panels would you examine:^ W hat would vou remember with sufficient clearness to teH someone else about It the next dayr ()ob This booth served as the introductory chapter in a series which dealt progres- sively with sanitary conditions in the prison, the life of the prisoners, the story of the long delay in getting the prison abolished, and plans for industrial farm buildings to replace it. The photographer, by moving the model out of its correct po- sition, has made it appear that part of the text of one of the large panels was cut off from view, but this was not the case in the actual display. Reform 1 well > text o o o 'jr. ,r i 1?.. i J :- ^ ii^H s a* . \ -il'r ^ - j ^^^^MJ^^^^^^H ^ .E E- y ^ 3iH 1 E c£ 1^ — -.. (A ■ 1 § EV^^IH ^Uilf Prisnti Exhihil nf New Yo HI) Grouping of Exhibits panels on the back wall v 'enerous amount of blank <■ V z ':5 - "3 f < i From New ^ VV HLL Pl sizes and positions of the model and to allow lanels interprets the m m m ills ^^^^^m^^^^m The above of the 1 90c o ^ in in "O c c Em .5 o < z o o £ < o 5 < CO D. 03 E 5 o "2 E Z OS 03 *-' .S2 O C O 5 o 2 o 4> O i/i 03 *j » Ji ^ Xi o o a> O E £ t (A D. c o p '*— • ID U os c 03 E c C J= 3 U o ti c fs i; ■T3 Ol in rt k. u c 3 o u k. • — C o E T3 0* o E 4_> 9>) 03 Xi I/) lU ■ > OJ c 0) E OJ ^ «3 O 3 c o 4J c ■^ T3 Q - 8 c 8 03 05 *J C 1/1 o c *- o - E O 0* C T3 E 3 C "ig x: w *-' ■— I- 0) (/) c rt x: ^ in I i/s C O IT k> c ex •"" T3 O bo -C 03 1/1 -fcrf (/} Q. O *- 9J J,, ^ Q. 4» U -^ O 4* <« (U 3 ^ a. o" « i/j "o 3 (L* O M 2 _- 'Sc 'B rt rt ^ o ° ui < X "T3 C c E — 'x <« c x: aj *-* 'J ^"^ ; ] 1/) ••_ > a> O ^ o S i« o ^ ii -2 £ "^ to O O ■fc^ Cl 6 « 4^ mm t) O Ei/i *i >. c o o o E = "O -C t) r- c c x: 3 'J o .t; ^ -^ c k- o «.^ P3 t^ .^^ 1/5 ^ u. C > E k. "^3 O « tj ^ J= o *- (/I .£ « — P3 k. O E > _w o a. V. 3 P x: '**^ "3 '♦'^ PS E 3 C i/> c o l/> (/I c •= a •- c x: *-^ ^* -Tl _C^ fc- *_. rt "3 o c O oj *- I/) 3 C o ■a c 3; .2 •- rt .3 « - E O w C T3 C c 1/5 (/T c (/> 'G — a> rt 3 X2 oJ .2 Ui 1/1 D O "U i/i U 3 M B. O" rt C "O •-34^ o 60 5 *- .S :S rt rt (/) h. — E ^ hi I ''Hi 90d HOW WILL YOU UTILIZE THE FLOOR SPACE? ing this proposition would show household washing done in laundries, coats and gowns made in fac- tories, bread baked in bakeries, all being grouped around the main theorem which is presented in a place where it will be seen as the visitor first enters the hall. But whatever the arrangement, it should be planned deliberately with the purpose of the exhibit continually in mind. In other words, al- though there obviously is room for variety in ar- rangement of exhibits there should nevertheless be a harmony and unity of parts that will make each fit into its own place in a thought-out scheme for the whole. Placing of Exhibits The problems that arise in placing single exhibit units in groups and in arranging groups in a hall differ greatly with variations in the amount and dimensions of floor space and with the kinds of exhibit material to be used. Placing of Exhibit Units in a Group Exhibit units, as panels, posters, devices or small articles, are grouped in a booth, on a table or coun- ter in an open space, or on a division of wall space. The booth may have walls on three sides with a railing across the open spacQ facing the aisle, or walls on only one or two sides with open space en- closed by a railing or counter; or no walls at all, but merely a broad ledge or counter enclosing on four sides an open space. The booth with a maxi- 91 I I i THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING mum of wall space is especially suitable for exhibits made chiefly of panels and posters. The need for counter space increases with the greater proportion of three dimension exhibits or demonstrations of processes. It is very seldom, however, that it is not desirable to have wall space at least at the back for the convenient display of a few posters or an- nouncement placards. The booth enclosed on three sides, like the one shown on page 94a, should be long and shallow with a railing across the opening. Visitors may thus stand near the wall exhibits without any com- ing so close as to cut off the view of others. Three things are of chief importance in arranging the material on the walls of a booth: their relation to each other, their separation from each other, and the height from the floor at which they are dis- played. All of these factors are easily taken care of in an exhibit in which large panels make up the booth walls. The panels may be arranged in a sequence that reads from left to right around the three walls. The wide margins surrounding the words and pictures and the panel frames may form a background for each unit or idea and thus sepa- rate it from its neighbor, while the mounting of the panels on standards that raise them at least 20 inches from the floor will bring them high enough to be easily seen. But when a collection of pictures, charts, and posters are hung on screens or on a cov- ered framework, as in the illustration on page 90b, exhibitors are tempted to mount their displays to 93 I HOW WILL YOU UTILIZE THE FLOOR SPACE? fit into the space without regard to logical ar- rangement, and to crowd the units so closely to- gether that the effect is a confused mass with no apparent starting point and no distinct identity for separate ideas. The value of generous space as a background for the display of each panel, pos- ter or other unit is not one open to question — it is an accepted and established principle among ex- perts in the use of printer's type and applies equally to exhibits. As in the hanging of pictures in a gallery, all material should be brought as nearly as possible within easy range of vision of persons standing back of a railing several feet away. It has been found by experience in numerous expositions that raising exhibits not less than 20 inches from the floor and having a top height of not more than seven feet from the floor provides a range that accom- plishes this purpose satisfactorily. If the booth contains both wall and table ex- hibits, as shown in the illustrations on pages 90c and 94b, exhibitors cannot be too careful in plan- ning the table exhibits so that they do not conceal any part of the display on the walls. The difficulties encountered in this connection offer excellent illus- tration of the importance of the floor plan prepared in advance, showing the size and location of every- thing to be displayed in the booth. Practically all the things said above about displays on the walls of a booth apply equally to those on the walls of a room. 93 If i m THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING In arranging exhibit material on counters or tables it is important to see that objects are so placed that their relation to their labels, to each other, and to the group title sign is made very clear and that each group of objects is distinctly sepa- rated from other groups. The illustrations of the counter display of the food conservation train on page gSd show such an arrangement. The sep- aration of displays by a high barrier, as shown in the illustration, could be replaced in some cases by a broad strip of tape or a low cardboard fence of a color contrasting with the table or counter surface. Particular care should be exercised against plac- ing labels and instructive descriptions where they will be hidden by the front row of visitors. Labels, moreover, should be large enough to be easily seen and read. Neither the small size of the labeled ob- ject nor the limited exhibit space will justify dim- inutive labels or enable the visitor to read easily type which is too small to be used elsewhere in the exhibit. Arrangement of Demonstration Space The visitor's pleasure and gain will be increased if demonstrations are given on a low platform so that the demonstrator and all his equipment may be seen by an audience several rows deep. This of course may be impossible in demonstrations such as that of shop work in manual training, which are spread out over a considerable floor space or 94 Poor Grouping of Panels and Objects in a Booth This table display is overcrowded. It might have been made more interesting by the selection of a few articles and by labeling each article or group of articles to show the age and degree of feeble-mindedness of the persons who made them. Here, as in the picture on page 90c, we are told that the photographer was responsible for so placing the table that it cut off from view part of the wall exhibits. In general the taking of photographs of exhibits needs much care in order to avoid misrepre- sentation. The two objects on the floor resting against the table are displayed at a disadvantage. Only the front row in a group of visitors could see them. Compare with grouping of exhibit material shown on page 90c. 94a l| ;(' ;ii THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING In arranging exhibit material on counters or tables it is important to see that objects are so placed that their relation to their labels, to each other, and to the group title sign is made very clear and that each group of objects is distinctly sepa- rated from other groups. The illustrations of the counter display of the food conservation train on page gSd show such an arrangement. The sep- aration of displays by a high barrier, as shown in the illustration, could be replaced in some cases by a broad strip of tape or a low cardboard fence of a color contrasting with the table or counter surface. Particular care should be exercised against plac- ing labels and instructive descriptions where they will be hidden by the front row of visitors. Labels, moreover, should be large enough to be easily seen and read. Neither the small size of the labeled ob- ject nor the limited exhibit space will justify dim- inutive labels or enable the visitor to read easily type which is too small to be used elsewhere in the exhibit. Arrangement of Demonstration Space The visitor's pleasure and gain will be increased if demonstrations are given on a low platform so that the demonstrator and all his equipment may be seen by an audience several rows deep. This of course may be impossible in demonstrations such as that of shop work in manual training, which are spread out over a considerable floor space or Poor Grouping of Panels and Objects in a Booth This table display is overcrowded. It might have been made more interesting by the selection of a few articles and by labeling each article or group of articles to show the age and degree of feeble-mindedness of the persons who made them. Here, as in the picture on page 90c, we are told that the photographer was responsible for so placing the table that it cut off from view part of the wall exhibits, in general the taking of photographs of exhibits needs much care in order to avoid misrepre- sentation. The two objects on the floor resting against the table are displayed at a disadvantage. Only the front row in a group of visitors could see them. Compare with grouping of exhibit material shown on page 90c. 94a i Arrangement of a Demonstration Booth The upper picture illustrates what, with the best of intentions on the part of the designer, often happens to the space left free behind the explainer. He expected to put panels on only the upper half of the walls, but the exhibi- tors could not resist covering the lower half with detailed and technical charts that were neither appropriate nor easy to read. Incidentally, the booth is badly overcrowded. The attempt to treat the question of marketing, nutri- tion, food for children, and table-set- ting in one booth was a mistake. The lower picture on the opposite page offers a good illustration of a demonstration booth, the walls of which have been kept free of material, except on the space easily seen above the head of the demonstrator. A mar- gin should have been left between the panels and the top of the wall. It is also doubtful whether visitors could see the articles in the lower part of the showcase. 94b 95 94 1' • II "!'. ' » : lilt I Arrangement of a Demonstration Booth The upper picture illustrates what, with the best of intentions on the part of the designer, often happens to the space left free behind the explainer. He expected to put panels on only the upper half of the walls, but the exhibi- tors could not resist covering the lower half with detailed and technical charts that were neither appropriate nor easy to read. Incidentally, the booth is badly overcrowded. The attempt to treat the question of marketing, nutri- tion, food for children, and table-set- ting in one booth was a mistake. The lower picture on the opposite page offers a good illustration of a demonstration booth, the walls of which have been kept free of material, except on the space easily seen above the head of the demonstrator. A mar- gin should have been left between the panels and the top of the wall, it is also doubtful whether visitors could see the articles in the lower part of the showcase. 95 s^^^dudaHjbduujb^ n i THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING are extended along an aisle. Narrow aisles in front of a demonstration booth, also two demonstrations on immediately opposite sides of a passage, are par- ticularly to be avoided. Similarly, the possible disadvantages in the use of corner spaces should be weighed carefully; there may be corners where a demonstration with its audience, which may be large, will be placed in an awkward pocket. Where the arrangement of subject matter per- mits, demonstrations distributed around the ex- hibition hall will increase or hold the interest of visitors in this form of exhibit as they make their way around the hall. Keeping the wall spaces be- hind the demonstrators empty or using only the upper half of the wall space will be a gain. In fact it may be urged that the demonstration is an ex- hibit in itself and the attention of visitors should not be divided by two forms of exhibits at one time and place. Wall material to be referred to by the demonstrator is an exception to this rule. Speci- mens of equipment, or samples illustrating stages in processes or the completed work, should be placed on high counters instead of on tables of average ' ' ' Floor Plan of the Exhibition There are three main purposes to be served in arranging groups of exhibits in a hall; first, to dis- tribute space fairly and wisely among different groups of exhibits; second, to provide an attrac- tive appearance for the exhibition as a whole, and 96 HOW WILL YOU UTILIZE THE FLOOR SPACE? third, to assure the ease and comfort of visitors in getting about and seeing exhibits to the best ad- vantage. The first purpose is served by adjusting the floor space to the outline of exhibit material as sug- gested elsewhere ; the second by a scheme of deco- ration that forms a harmonious setting for the ex- hibits. In the recent Chicago Patriotic Food Show the imposing white and gold arched entrances to the five main sections were arranged in a semi- circle that faced the building entrance. At the Springfield Survey Exhibition, the artistically con- structed pavilion called The Playhouse, and at the Peoria Child Welfare Exhibition the large oval called The Play Court, provided attractive decora- tive features around which a scheme of booths was developed. The third purpose, that of making it easy to see the exhibits to advantage, is accomplished by broad aisles in a "one-way" plan which follows a development of the subject matter, prevents jost- ling caused by movements in two directions and insures visitors completing a tour of all the ex- hibits. This plan should be accompanied by clear and conspicuous directions and title signs. It is particulariy helpful to have an obvious starting point, say a booth or display in an open space, that attracts the eye immediately upon entering and proves, on further attention, an excellent point of departure for seeing the exhibits according to some consecutive plan. The aimlessness of visitors at ' 97 i 1 "IIP I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING exhibitions which allow for great freedom of move- ment without offering any suggestion of a route to be followed or of what is to be seen by going in a given direction is very marked and something to be guarded against. The two plans shown on pages 98b and 98c are both examples of an ar- rangement that were rewarded with some suc- cess, at least, in guiding visitors intelligently. The first provides for a one-way route, with each feature along the way planned to develop the interest pro- gressively as well as to offer diverse types of ex- hibits; the second allows for freedom of movement but it so groups the exhibits that the visitor knows at once how to plan a route for himself. In addition to the floor room for exhibits them- selves, spaces should be set aside or the arrange- ment of floor room adapted to accommodate some or all of the following: Ticket office— if an admission to the exhibition is charged. Information desk. Registration desk or office room for explainers and other workers. Telephone — public. Office. Press room or space for press representatives. Check room for coats, parcels, and so forth, of workers. Toilets. Rest room. Chairs or benches where visitors may rest and chat. 98 98a H 5 p O o H < Oi H z O O > n :a u > O 2; o t/i lA Id H U bd m o < «->-•-• js c ^*^ u "" O tiH . to c8 > ^ oSJS C8 tn cS g C rt C ^ M k. O C g o; ^ 60 '5 "2 "O '^ o be-tj. a; 3 !c S *j *^ C a) j:; Jl" <~ •-- U "73 r* ►* J- k, >- > a o -a i* C C o _, (u a d •-""2 2 CO — " O C m.^ JS C 3 ? O Cu ■•-> -iJ >.^ &— CO CO 41 "O OJ' 3 d c 5; _ > s n ->-> cO *** flS g *^cOa,^ o CO *. i E < j: CO U «i ill ^^' i THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING exhibitions which allow for great freedom of move- ment without offering any suggestion of a route to be followed or of what is to be seen by going in a given direction is very marked and something to be guarded against. The two plans shown on pages 98b and 98c are both examples of an ar- rangement that were rewarded with some suc- cess, at least, in guiding visitors intelligently. The first provides for a one-way route, with each feature along the way planned to develop the interest pro- gressively as well as to offer diverse types of ex- hibits; the second allows for freedom of movement but it so groups the exhibits that the visitor knows at once how to plan a route for himself. In addition to the floor room for exhibits them- selves, spaces should be set aside or the arrange- ment of floor room adapted to accommodate some or all of the following: Ticket office— if an admission to the exhibition is charged. Information desk. Registration desk or office room for explainers and other workers. Telephone — public. Office. Press room or space for press representatives. Check room for coats, parcels, and so forth, of workers. Toilets. Rest room. Chairs or benches where visitors may rest and chat. 98a .0 .a ■a -« s 5 o I-— o so « a 3 c C 01 &X5 >. O ^ 80 CO i' cs tn cS g Q CC C •— "O -S! ■S! i-T) *" ID n *-^ .M ^•S 8-1 c co- ■5XT3 3 05 aj •^C a) sea Ji o -Si C b o ■saiS o c ».ti •5 ce 5^ £«^^ JS.C m S o H 1/5 •< tt H s: o U > z > 6 !z; o t« (« id •-) H U M O u Si J2 n O < .r.s bcw C CO ,, c •*; *J 3 ? O n '<-> -•-> >.— ft— ^ Se o *> 1-1 . fc« a; -!-> ac •3 £^.2 -C >- . & n E*j cO"~ eO g CO cO w 5 CO (LI OB S I-* »■» F za r\ : t i i • { : 1 Hi ■— '^^^ • 4 : « is ViJ LJJ »{ • • 4 • » { I l{ \ I ; t f 1 t i $ , l| i ] t I ; i i 1 ; 1 1 ^ ;| ; ^' M •-• • ft 1 ■■■I > 1 1 *w n 1 1 f f ! f 1 i 1 1 1 t t 1 1 1 s t • • t • 1 t « ! f • * « ft : « • J m I £ t • « t » 1 1 • • i « « r •*•* . \ f/ n !^' i^ I 1 ^-1 1 « ■I I'--' |C » i 1 * ' TS ' ■J • ' c * ^J4 T i- 1- t • i' =1 = i' ^ ■1' 1 a • . • L-p_J i % • ti t« — i' 98b c3 _ae C/) < o E U bfi .= O a; M t; C 5 S^ G £ " _ 4^ Si Si r- ■<-> jS J3 C tfl 1; S 5 OJ t3 -S ^ V JS rt M O U OJ C8 ei - V a ^ 53 * ™ o - & .2 ^ a 4) ^ .s a y 3 M CQ 09 >, rt o; -"2 -

  • 'r "3. -H 22 *-> =2 lU w 11 j: a C O T3 S O 5 ^ O "O _^ -S M 3 O C (u cfl > -c "J, oa |5 «.5 ^ ^ « .S £ a; G x: X3 § R i ;2 « 5; ^ a. E >> o c8 hi "P •S s. g-^ u a» o ^ ti *J M 3 2 o ^ c 3 ■s J= t: o "o j: a «i = E OJ .4> T3 - c c be C .2 •0 3 C to C 11 •5 efl C > c 'c5 S V 3 C 0; C x: to CO E E '5 cr _o S ■1-1 on C E • u 5" - OJ to > u ■a G 3 00 y I V /:^7) V ^ ^ 1 in 5E y? s e 1 J pyx 5i2 ££ 2-5 >oa (A 1> (/) 4* (« re 00 o»2 ^ t« '^ .t: re J= re ^ O •^-^ s 2 ^^ o ffl re f 4-1 = <«H G. — — t) X *; ."^ UJ 9 c . -C . - ^ > O oj .- c/5 a> ., .2 c ?J *- ^5 ii y S! I i? ei £9 i\ (= c re a; O .— UJ re ~ > m f iaS ^ ^ to:. iS 1^ re t: o en LU J I c re 4» " o E 3 re re (/) o < o ''i f'i a, <« 2 ->3 _£. u, .:£ re 3 ^X5 Vl ^ E 3J «.22 P ^ — - ": _u. re re vm aj 4— > O a> • » k- (/} T3X1 3 98c From Pennsylvania Food Conservation Train A Counter Display Well Arranged In this car display, separation between neighboring groups of objects IS provided by high partitions. The title sign conspicuously placed gives the key to the display; the objects standing out distinctly represent eight ways to save wheat. The labels and dishes are glued fast. Bad Arrangement of Exhibits on a Counter This exhibit, in contrast with the one seen on the opposite page, illus- trates the overuse of labels and the lack of clear-cut division between related groups of objects. Close examination is needed to learn where the section on wheat saving ends and the one on sugar saving begins. The sugar section shows a confusion of admonitions, labels, and foods Altogether there are 25 small placards on this counter. Again, no means was devised for setting up labels securely, hence they were frequently misplaced. „. ^ j 98d HOW WILL YOU UTILIZE THE FLOOR SPACE? Guide rails leading audience in one geneial lane of travel. Railings or ropes before exhibits. Clear passageways to the exits. Study room or reading room. "Last word" booth, space, or room. Little theater or hall with stage and seating capa- city for plays, motion pictures, stereopticon. Motion picture booth. Dressing rooms and property room. Raised platforms on which to "demonstrate" cer- tain ideas, with space for chairs for the audience if practicable. Committee or conference rooms. In addition there should be a bulletin board con- spicuously placed, and drinking water provided; and all entrances and exits should be under good supervision and control, with the doors swinging outward as the law usually requires for public gatherings. A restaurant or lunch room in con- nection with the exhibition sometimes is found' desirable. Making the Floor Plan In making the floor plan it is a wise precaution to be sure that it is based on a blueprint or sketch with measurements of the room checked up by a responsible person even though they may have been supplied by the architect or building manage- ment. The reason for this suggestion of care is the fact, often learned unfortunately late, that such drawings are sometimes incorrect or out-of-date 99 From Pennsylvania Food Conservation Train A Counter Display Well Arranged In this car display, separation between neighboring groups of objects is provided by high partitions. The title sign conspicuously placed gives the key to the display; the objects standing out distinctly represent eight ways to save wheat. The labels and dishes are glued fast. m — ■ L«ss ihait h ot lilt' s«*j4i / is a\ailaU4> kr ilic- Bad Arrangement of Exhibits on a Counter This exhibit, in contrast with the one seen on the opposite page illus- trates the overuse of labels and the lack of clear-cut division between related groups of objects. Close examination is needed to learn where the section on wheat saving ends and the one on sugar saving begins The sugar section shows a confusion of admonitions, labels, and foods. Altogether there are 25 small placards on this counter. Again, no means was devised for setting up labels securely, hence they were frequently misplaced. „. ^ j 90a HOW WILL YOU UTILIZE THE FLOOR SPACE? Guide rails leading audience in one general lane of travel. Railings or ropes before exhibits. Clear passageways to the exits. Study room or reading room. "Last word" booth, space, or room. Little theater or hall with stage and seating capa- city for plays, motion pictures, stereopticon. Motion picture booth. Dressing rooms and property room. Raised platforms on which to "demonstrate" cer- tain ideas, with space for chairs for the audience if practicable. Gjmmittee or conference rooms. In addition there should be a bulletin board con- spicuously placed, and drinking water provided; and all entrances and exits should be under good supervision and control, with the doors swinging outward as the law usually requires for public gatherings. A restaurant or lunch room in con- nection with the exhibition sometimes is found desirable. Making the Floor Plan In making the floor plan it is a wise precaution to be sure that it is based on a blueprint or sketch with measurements of the room checked up by a responsible person even though they may have been supplied by the architect or building manage- ment. The reason for this suggestion of care is the fact, often learned unfortunately late, that such drawings are sometimes incorrect or out-of-date 99 If if THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING because of later alterations in the hall, or because made in the rough for a purpose that did not re- quire accuracy in details. The floor plan should be tested by actual measurements made in the hall, by tracing the course of the visitors, noting the location and lighting of especially attractive fea- tures, considering the relation of hall exits and en- trances to rooms off the main hall, thus seeking to anticipate possible difficulties. If addresses are to be made, the amount of street noise and traffic should be considered if possible. It is most important to have the floor plan ap- proved in writing by the city building, fire, or police departments, or by all three. Omitting this precaution may at the last minute mean drastic and irreparable changes in the arrangement. Careful consideration of lighting both during the day and at night and the practicability of any desired electrical, gas, or water connections also •should not be overlooked. No amount of signs or placards can fully retrieve mistakes in planning. Indeed, the greater the number of posted regulations the less useful they become. A misspelled word may be corrected; an entire panel may be replaced by one more satisfactory, but errors in planning the hall arrangements may handicap the exhibition to the very end. 100 IX HOW SHALL THE EXHIBIT BE INTERPRETED? 4 N exhibit should as nearly as possible be /-\ self-explanatory. Some uses, such as a dis- * ^ play in a window, require that it should carry its own message with only such explanation as can be made through titles, labels, and explana- tory placards. But if the exhibit is so designed that people can take part in showing it, much of value may be added by their personal interpretation and enthusiasm. The participation of people may take various forms. We have already seen that there are sev- eral ways in which individuals or groups through demonstrations or conferences become essential information-giving features. Below we describe ways in which, without adding to the displays any new or supplementary information, they may in- crease the general effectiveness of the project. The Explainer^ The term "explainer," as indicated in a former paragraph, is commonly used for the person who talks about the exhibit to visitors. If the exhibit needs explaining the term literally describes this *See Appendix D, page 21 5, for an example of an explainer's talk. lOI w THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING person's function. But if the exhibit is readily understood, the explainer's r61e is more that of a host or hostess who by a word or two of introduc- tion puts visitors in touch with its purpose, sug- gests the best starting point from which to look at it, calls attention to facts and ideas that are especially important, and makes sure that the booths and objects arfe seen to the best advantage. The attention of the average visitor is easily dis- tracted by the movements and voices of people about him, and he needs to be helped to concen- trate his attention on the subject before him. Moreover, most people are attracted by person- alities more than by inanimate things, even though the latter are lively exhibits. Booths at which are stationed individuals who manifest some real de- sire to clarify exhibit points are therefore very likely to get much more attention than those lack- ing this personal element. The explainers should promote interest in the exhibit as a good salesman of goods would do. If you stop casually at a counter in a department store whose saleswomen are well trained, one of them is ready at once to interest you in the article that caught your eye. You are gradually led to a further examination of other articles on the coun- ter until you very often end by making a purchase. If on the other hand you assure the saleswoman that you wish to look about for yourself and you show an intelligent appreciation of what is dis- played she will wisely let you alone until you ask 1 02 HOW SHALL THE E>^HIBIT BE INTERPRETED? a question, watching always for the opportunity to serve you. The explainer should do just this for the ex- hibit. Many a visitor looks vaguely at an exhibit and passes on because his first glance has not brought to his attention anything that awakens his interest; or he sees something that appears to be more inviting; or the crowd interferes with his view of things; or there is "so much to see." The explainer in action vitalizes the exhibit to this casually interested visitor. By a few words to the group about the booth and by the use of a pointer, he or she may draw attention to a particular ob- ject or statement or point involved and then to the general idea or topic, thus detaining visitors long enough to get the whole idea. That many people prefer this help instead of attempting to interpret the exhibit themselves, is convincingly proved if one but watches them at any exhibition. The largest groups are found, and they remain longest, at the booths where good explainers are stationed. At the same time there will be visitors who evi- dence an interest which does not need stimulation and who appear sufficiently resourceful not to need aid in getting the full purport of the exhibits. They may very well be left to themselves. Good explainers, like good salespeople, must have some degree of natural aptitude for the task and such training as is possible. They will then know when to explain and when to let visitors fol- low their own impulses. Exhibitors will do well 103 Llii III I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING to pick their explainers carefully and give them all the advance training practicable under the circum- stances.^ A discussion of the organizing and di- recting of explainers is contained in Chapter X, How Will the Project Be Organized? * Short Talks for Interpretation It is of great assistance, in getting people into the spirit of the exhibition as a whole, to have someone interpret its central idea in a brief talk. This may be done in several ways. If it is possible in making the floor plan to reserve space near the entrance, where arriving visitors may be gathered together for a few minutes, a three- or five-minute talk may be given there and repeated at frequent intervals. The speaker will explain the purpose of the exhibition, suggest some of the things to look for, and start visitors on their tour with a clearer idea of what it is all about. He thus does for the exhibition as a whole what an explainer does for single exhibits. If this talk cannot be arranged for arriving * The following notes jotted down from a talk to explainers may have value in suggesting still other things they may well be told: Look interested; be alive and alert; be approachable with an ob- vious welcome extended to even the most stupid or ignorant or critical questioner. Do not hesitate, when need be, to admit that you don't know, but try to refer the questioner to some further source of infor- mation. Talk and point, but aim not to do too much of either, giving visitors a fair chance to see for themselves. Encourage discussion among them; draw in those on the outside of the group; and, not least, don't allow yourself to be monopolized by one individual or a small group. Of course, you will be on time — never missing an ap- pointment, save for the most urgent of reasons, and staying a few minutes overtime rather than to leave a minute before the end of your scheduled hour. 104 From Springfield Survey Exhibition A "Last Word" Section of an Exhibition An open space comfortably furnished gave the visitors at this exhibi- tion a last chance to ask questions or make comments and the exhibition management its last opportunity to invite future co-operation. The various methods used to attract visitors were the "silent speech" given by means of an illuminated display machine and a question box, a desk at which visitors could write out questions; but chiefly an informal dis- cussion led by the floor manager or one of the executive committee members. 104a THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING to pick their explainers carefully and give them all the advance training practicable under the circum- stances.* A discussion of the organizing and di- recting of explainers is contained in Chapter X, How Will the Project Be Organized? Short Talks for Interpretation It is of great assistance, in getting people into the spirit of the exhibition as a whole, to have someone interpret its central idea in a brief talk. This may be done in several ways. If it is possible in making the floor plan to reserve space near the entrance, where arriving visitors may be gathered together for a few minutes, a three- or five-minute talk may be given there and repeated at frequent intervals. The speaker will explain the purpose of the exhibition, suggest some of the things to look for, and start visitors on their tour with a clearer idea of what it is all about. He thus does for the exhibition as a whole what an explainer does for single exhibits. If this talk cannot be arranged for arriving * The following notes jotted down from a talk to explainers may have value in suggesting still other things they may well be told: Look interested; be alive and alert; be approachable with an ob- vious welcome extended to even the most stupid or ignorant or critical questioner. Do not hesitate, when need be, to admit that you don't know, but try to refer the questioner to some further source of infor- mation. Talk and point, but aim not to do too much of either, giving visitors a fair chance to see for themselves. Encourage discussion among them; draw in those on the outside of the group; and, not least, don't allow yourself to be monopolized by one individual or a small group. Of course, you will be on time — never missing an ap- pointment, save for the most urgent of reasons, and staying a few minutes overtime rather than to leave a minute before the end of your scheduled hour. 104 From Springfield Survey Exhibition A "Last Word" Section of an Exhibition An open space comfortably furnished gave the visitors at this exhibi- tion a last chance to ask questions or make comments and the exhibition management its last opportunity to invite future co-operation. The various methods used to attract visitors were the "silent speech" given by means of an illuminated display machine and a question box, a desk at which visitors could write out questions; but chiefly an informal dis- cussion led by the floor manager or one of the executive committee members. 104a I .; . 'I I I* I ' '- 111 .,1,1' :.:i 1}.. ■ ll li If'' i H ^€4 />TtCOtCV^ 2. TTU^rv TVItlli.VU»( — OMMl-IIOl'OI «ai:'.l>M.A|tlB "Those microbes . . . old man! Keep them for yourself." " He's a wise one ... he sleeps with the window open." Post Cards from France Post cards used in the tuberculosis campaign of the American Red Cross in France. Among many excellent features of these cartoons, a few that are well worth imitating are the humor, the simplicity of sketches, and the "spoken" message given by one of the characters in the sketch instead of being "preached" by some unknown person who does not appear. 104b HOW SHALL THE EXHIBIT BE INTERPRETED? guests, it may be given in some part of the hall which is likely to draw the largest number of peo- ple. It should be possible to seat this audience. This talk may precede or follow the showing of motion pictures or stereopticon slides or a play; or it may be built around a limited set of lantern slides definitely arranged to illustrate the exhibi- tion. Finally, a "last word" booth or corner where people are invited to drop in on their way out may become a scene of interesting discussions, of brief answers to questions, of summarizing statements of the message of the exhibition, and of urgent ap- peals to pass it on. Interpretation through Titles, Labels, and Explanatory Statements Much can be done to see that visitors under- stand your message clearly by grouping exhibits under good descriptive titles. The window exhibit shown in the illustration on page 50b was excellent in every way except for the lack of a conspicuously placed title, such as "What To Eat in War Time." The significance of this display would be wholly lost on those who failed to supply for themselves this title or scheme or who failed to infer it from a reference contained on the poster. Exhibitors will find it worth while, we believe, to look their exhibits over after they are in place, viewing them as nearly as possible from the stand- point of an outsider. Very often it will be found 105 Ill' I "Those microbes . . . old man! Keep them for yourself." 'ill!' I II If' ■ f 51 " He's a wise one ... he sleeps with the window open." Post Cards from Fr.ance Post cards used in the tuberculosis campaign of the American Red Cross in France. .Among many excellent features of these cartoons, a few that are well worth imitating are the humor, the simplicity of sketches, and the "spoken" message given by one of the characters in the sketch instead of being "preached " by some unknown person who does not appear. 104b HOW SHALL THE EXHIBIT BE INTERPRETED? guests, it may be given in some part of the hall which is likely to draw the largest number of peo- ple. It should be possible to seat this audience. This talk may precede or follow the showing of motion pictures or stereopticon slides or a play; or it may be built around a limited set of lantern slides definitely arranged to illustrate the exhibi- tion. Finally, a "last word" booth or corner where people are invited to drop in on their way out may become a scene of interesting discussions, of brief answers to questions, of summarizing statements of the message of the exhibition, and of urgent ap- peals to pass it on. Interpretation through Titles, Labels, and Explanatory Statements Much can be done to see that visitors under- stand your message clearly by grouping exhibits under good descriptive titles. The window exhibit shown in the illustration on page 50b was excellent in every way except for the lack of a conspicuously placed title, such as "What To Eat in War Time." The significance of this display would be wholly lost on those who failed to supply for themselves this title or scheme or who failed to infer it from a reference contained on the poster. Exhibitors will find it worth while, we believe, to look their exhibits over after they are in place, viewing them as nearly as possible from the stand- point of an outsider. Very often it will be found 105 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING that something that would make for clearness is missing — a title, an introductory statement, a label for this or that object or group of objects. It may be that these small bits of interpretation that could thus be added will make all the difference between success and failure in getting an idea understood. Printed Matter Printed matter interpreting the exhibits should be prepared and distributed to induce visitors to come and to help them get into the spirit of the whole scheme and to understand its physical ar- rangements. To this end a leaflet, folder or card, possibly of four pages, bearing a map or floor plan of the exhibition, and the essential facts as to hours of opening and closing, ways of reaching the hall, and any rules of admission, as for children or school pupils, is nearly always valuable. A printed program will frequently be useful and possible to provide. In preparing such a program the essential quality to be sought is usability while visitors are seeing the exhibition. Otherwise it fails to serve the purpose of a program. It should be small enough to hold easily in the hand and the pages should be so made as to permit of easy ex- amination. Numbered references to booths, dem- onstrations, and program features are desirable. But whether your method of interpretation of exhibits is through explainers, short talks, demon- strations, title signs and labels, or printed matter distributed to public or visitors, or through all of io6 HOW SHALL THE EXHIBIT BE INTERPRETED? these, the important thing is to count interpreta- tion in as an essential part of your advance plan- ning. "Serve yourself" stores and restaurants may be successful when the articles for sale are wellknown and are required; and similarly, a "see it for your- self" exhibit may also succeed, but its ideas, or commodities as it were, are not usually wellknown and visitors are rarely in search of them; therefore the chances of success of such an exhibition are not so good. • 107 't .. ■■:!(■ f X HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? HOW GET THE EXHIBITS MADE? SINCE in the course of making and using an exhibit a plan must be outlined, booths and panels prepared, the varied uses of the ex- hibit devised and maintained, the project advertised and a follow-up scheme carried out, organization of the whole plan and supervision of it will be needed, not only for each of these five steps but to relate them to each other and to the large purpose of the whole. Organization will be needed in order to eiake sure that the work is so divided and sub- divided that all can be accomplished in the time allowed, and in order, also, in many cases to use both paid and volunteer services effectively; while supervision will be needed to check up and other- wise see that delegated work is actually accom- plished. Responsibility for the Exhibition Either an existing organization, with some ex- tension, perhaps, will carry out the project or one will be brought together for the express purpose of 1 08 HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? holding an exhibition. The propaganda of a health department, or of a society for the prevention of tuberculosis, or of an organization for housing, prison, or other reform may be carried out through these established agencies. A community exhibition calling for the co-opera- tion of many agencies, on the other hand, will prob- ably be handled best under the auspices of a widely representative exhibition committee called into ex- istence for the purpose. This will be equally true even though a single agency is primarily interested or is responsible for the initiation of the project. A traveling campaign exhibit or a train exhibit may be prepared and directed by an established state or national organization, but in each city visited a local organization will be needed to co- operate in promoting and managing what is done with it in that place. Even though there is a local branch of the directing body, the local use of the exhibit in many instances may be more significant and its influence more extended if the affair is made more than a one organization event. In a great deal of promotion work part of the purpose is accomplished by increasing as far as practicable the number of individuals and organi- zations who share the responsibility for the under- taking. While the immediate responsibility for the affair as a whole must naturally be placed upon a few capable people, almost any exhibition is the gainer by extending participation far beyond the ranks of the original sponsors. 109 ii ^ I i THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING An Exhibition Directed by a Permanent Organization If the exhibit is planned by a more or less per- manently organized group, as a department of the city government or a national or state organiza- tion, much of the machinery of administration, as has been suggested, may be found within that body. Just how this administrative machinery will be used and supplemented will depend on the type of exhibit planned and the elasticity of the originating body. If exhibits are to be used continuously as a part of regular propaganda work, it will be desirable to have on the staff a member who is equipped with some of the experience and knowledge of the ex- hibit specialist. If, as already suggested, he is ex- pected to employ volunteers he should be familiar with methods of organization and the forms of supervision described below. Such a worker will need to work in close co-operation with specialists in the subject matter, either inside his own organi- zation or outside of it, and he will need the assis- tance of clerical workers or mechanical helpers. None of these, however, will be able to take his place as planner and executive. The increasing practice on the part of health agencies, charity organization societies, and other bodies for form- ing advisory or working committees to counsel or co-operate with the staff workers may be employed to advantage in this field of propaganda. It would seem practicable in many cities, for example, to no HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? form a committee of volunteers to counsel with the bureau or the oificial in charge of health education. This committee or a sub-committee on exhibits could include in its membership some of the spe- cialists suggested later in the chapter as helpful in the conduct of an eificient exhibit enterprise. Such a committee may be either temporary, con- tinue for a limited piece of work, or be in the nature of a standing committee to help the department carry out the use of graphic material in its educa- tional work. If the exhibit is for temporary use, it may be sim- pler to engage one or more persons for the kinds of skilled services referred to below. In cases where the use of exhibits is occasional and does not justify securing a person with special training for the work, it may be well to have a member of the staff, whether he is a specialist in the subject matter of the exhibit or not, acquire a general knowledge of exhibit methods through conferences with specialists, attendance at other exhibits, reading and, if possible, through a brief course of training. The fairiy common practice in business and in- dustry of occasionally using temporary service from the outside in organization, efficiency tests, and planning, may encourage the idea that the staff specialist on welfare propaganda or exhibits should be given such short-term assistance as can be secured from the outside exhibit specialist. Or, as another alternative, following existing precedent ill i 'I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING in press publicity on social welfare subjects and in commercial advertising, it might be found possible for a single exhibit specialist to be retained for con- tinuous service by several organizations. Exhibition Organization The work to be done in carrying out an exhibi- tion project may be divided into the making of exhibits, publicity for the exhibition, and the man- agement of the event itself. A fourth division is the administrative work for all three fields. Those who will carry out the work may be grouped roughly as directing staff, volunteer com- mittees, employed workers, and agencies or com- mercial firms contracting to do special pieces of work for the exhibition. With these types of work and workers in mind, how then will the organizations or group of indi- viduals who decide to have an exhibition go about getting this work done through these workers? In point of time they will take steps in the following order: 1. Form an organizing committee. 2. Appoint a director or directing staff. 3. Make and adopt a plan. 4. Organize the administrative machinery. 5. Organize committees. 6. Carry on simultaneously : a. The making of exhibits. b. Publicity. c. The organizing for exhibition activities. 113 HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? 7. Hold the exhibition. 8. Begin the follow-up work. It may prove simplest to consider these steps in the order of their enumeration. The Organizing Committee Very often the initiative in the exhibition will come from an organization which has agreed that the undertaking will be a valuable one. The first move should be to call a meeting of representatives of such organizations and interests in the commu- nity as might reasonably be expected to take an interest in the movement. At this meeting an expression of opinion should be called for as to the advisability of the undertaking and the strategic time for it. Such expression is important because generous co-operation can be hoped for only if the various groups have registered their approval from the start. The meeting may then appoint an organizing or executive committee to take the next steps in launching the campaign. Finding a Director The organizing committee will need from the very beginning the advice and services of the per- son who will direct the whole effort.^ Selection of the specialist or director may work out in one of ^ If there is no possibility of obtaining skilled direction, the or- ganizers still have left two alternatives: obtaining an active executive committee with a full-time secretary and advisory service from the outside at several stages in the campaign; or carrying on the enter- prise altogether through committees, relying on their ingenuity and energy to take the place of trained leadership. 8 113 f I •'I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING several directions. He may be purely an admin- istrator or general executive who "knows how to get things done." For the exhibition carried out on an extensive scale such a director may be sup- plemented by a staff including a specialist in ex- hibit construction, a floor manager for the exhibi- tion, and a publicity director. Without such a staff the executive will need to be someone who can take the responsibility for the general direction of the campaign, the management of the exhibition when thrown open to the public, and the planning and constructing of the exhibits. If he has but one associate, the choice should be a specialist in ex- hibit preparation. Making the Plan The director's first work will be to co-operate with the organizing committee in making such a plan as is discussed throughout this book.i This plan, if all concerned desire it, may then be sub- mitted to the same group who appointed the organ- izing committee and, with their approval, consid- ered the basis for the next steps. Organizing the Administrative Machinery The first needs in getting the machinery in mo- tion are an office and equipment, a competent sten- ographer, and such supplies as a business office would require. The needs of the office will vary With the extent of work to be done, but it is safe * See Chapter II, Having a Plan, page 5. 114 HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? to say that in any campaign, the last place to econ- omize is in office and office force.^ Much unpaid office help can be secured and used to advantage if adequate space in a reasonably good location is obtained, and volunteer workers will be much more useful if there is plenty of room in which they can work or hold informal meetings without interrupting the other tasks of the office. Exhibit Committees Almost any kind of exhibition, under whatever direction or supervision, may profitably make a place for the services of volunteer workers. It offers one of the best points of contact with possible recruits because it supplies interesting assignments that do not necessarily require a knowledge of the subject matter. Volunteers will be giving work of genuine value to the movement, while at the same time they are becoming acquainted with what the exhibit stands for. There are two points of view between which one may choose in regard to the purpose of volunteer committees in exhibit campaigns. The first is that the sole object of committees is to get work done. Following this point of view, the most capable and reliable people to be found are appointed on a few committees which are expected to do all the work. The other point of view is that through the ex- hibit committees opportunities for numbers of peo- » For list of workers and things needed for administration, see Appendix A, The Basis of the Exhibit Budget, page 197. 115 tl I I if m hi THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING pie to participate in the campaign are provided, and that this participation is in itself a big asset in increasing the number of active supporters of the movement and in building up a group of people in the community who have developed a considerable interest in, and some little knowledge of, the sub- jects treated in the exhibition. An exhibit cam- paign affords a wide range of service for volunteers, and can be made extremely educational in develop- ing a sense of civic responsibility and efficiency in people who hitherto have done litlle or no public work. Moreover, some phases of exhibit campaign promotion can be achieved only through the en- listment of considerable numbers of willing aids. There is something for all to do, those with spe- cial artistic, dramatic, or administrative talent as well as those who have no special gifts of any kind. Volunteers working under direction may gather in- formation, take photographs, draw sketches, make models and mechanical devices, distribute adver- tising matter, take part in plays or demonstrations, organize co-operating committees, or help in the clerical tasks of the campaign office. If there is good leadership it is possible to make generous use of this kind of assistance. A method by which to do this is, first, as already suggested, to^have competent direction by an executive com- mittee, a director or a directing staff; second, to have an office with reasonable working facilities and conference space for volunteer as well as paid ii6 HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? workers; third, to make the most capable and reliable people supervisors over groups of small committees; fourth, to divide the work as far as possible into small and definite assignments, each assignment being given to a small committee; and fifth, to provide each committee with a clear and concise typewritten statement covering the work to be done by it.^ This method takes for granted a previously prepared plan including all the details of work. It is possible to make such a plan so flex- ible that there is room for initiative on the part of volunteers. The committees formed to handle the many de- tails of the preparation and presentation of the Springfield Survey exhibition were as follows: I. Administrative Commit- tees Finance Committee Census of Useful People Directory of Organiza- tions Committee on Commit- tees Office Equipment Office Helpers Automobiles 2. Committee on Exhibits Art Construction Decoration Drayage Furnishings Lettering Lighting Models Photographs Stereopticon and Motion Pictures » See Appendix B, pages 199 to 21 1, for sample outlines of instruc- tion for committees such as are here suggested. ¥ 117 p ■thi-l I' ■■ THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING 3. C m m i 1 1 e e on P r 0- 4. Committees on Exhibi- o^otion tion Management Arrangement of Ad- Care of School Children Explainers Hospitality Lunch Room Play Demonstration Playhouse "Last Word" Ushers dresses Advertisement Mention Co-operating County Excursions Handbook Newspaper Discussion Out-of-Town Organiza- tions Press Printed Matter Speakers Special Days These were in addition to an Honorary Exhibi- tion Committee, an Advisory Committee, and an Executive Committee. To simplify the work of organizing committees on a large scale, it is well to have a card catalogue of "useful" people in all walks of life, containing the address, telephone number, and special abilities of each person. From this catalogue, called for its news value a "census of useful people," a commit- tee on committees makes up the assignments. Naturally the census of useful people and the directory of organizations will need to do the major part of their work during the early preparatory period.! Although supplementary committees will » For outline of work and method of the Committee on Useful People, see Appendix B. page 301 ; and page 208 for outline for the G)mmittee on Directory of Organizations. 118 HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? be in course of formation even after the exhibition is in progress, it is difficult to overemphasize the value of early preparation. This key to success in securing efficient commit- tees was illustrated by the Lx^uisville Child Welfare Exhibition several years ago. The unusually suc- cessful management was attributed largely to the detailed study of possible committee workers long in advance of the active work in preparation for the affair. This careful search for possible workers among those not usually called upon for service by the organizations interested in the campaign will lessen the strain of the rush period and contrib- ute toward greater usefulness. Getting the Exhibits Made Numerous kinds of specialized knowledge, expe- rience, and skill go into exhibit making. To get your exhibit made under the most favorable cir- cumstances and to assure the highest standard of exhibit workmanship, all of them should be util- ized. These specialized forms of knowledge and skill may be put into four groups : First, there is the knowledge of the subject to be exhibited. This we may assume is possessed by the person or persons proposing and standing back of the exhibit, or someone associated with them. They would not be likely to, at any rate should not, undertake the task of enlightening others unless they have the facts in hand themselves. Provision will need even then to be made for competent fact- 119 IIJJIII PHI THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING gatherers where the common store of knowledge of the subject needs to be supplemented by fresh, more complete, or more up-to-date data. The second is experience and aptitude in getting information into exhibit form; that is to say, in selecting and grouping data and ideas, in expressing the material in words, and in planning illustrations. The third is ability to design panels, models or devices, including the layout, or detailed arrange- ment of words and graphic material, and the super- vision of their construction. The fourth is the ability to construct exhibits. This involves the skill of the artist, photographer, letterer, painter, model maker, box maker, elec- trician, or others who, preferably, have made a specialty of a particular craft. Most of this is pro- fessional work, though occasionally the contribu- tions of amateurs are found satisfactory. Assembling and using all of these kinds of knowl- edge and skill is the work of the exhibit specialist. In other words, the whole exhibition project should be directed by someone whose training and expe- rience include the technique of exhibits. Or, as an alternative, in addition to a general director an exhibit specialist might be engaged to give full time to supervising the exhibit construction alone. The exhibit specialist may be expected to have training in the matter of assembling the data, de- signing exhibits and supervising the work of the various skilled craftsmen. Whether the plan to be followed includes a specialist who can direct the 120 III I IIM ^^^^^^^^ HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? whole enterprise, or one who would act as an asso- ciate to the director and be in charge of making the exhibits, the advantages to those responsible for carrying out the project of having such a person are many. The exhibit specialist develops a habit of mind that subconsciously as well as designedly recog- nizes the relation of the audience to every phase of the project and sees no value in information, forms of expression or illustrations except as they are likely to produce the desired impression on the people who are to see the exhibit. The educator, reformer or merchant, who is usually absorbed in his subject matter, does not readily adopt this men- tal attitude. An interesting example of a failure to foresee the probable effect produced upon an audi- ence was furnished in a recent account of a health exhibit displayed in a Chinese city for the benefit of Chinese women. By way of teaching them the dangers of the common housefly, a greatly en- larged picture of a common fly was displayed by the American exhibitors. And the Chinese women, looking at the picture, said, " No wonder Americans think flies are dangerous if in their country they are as large as that." It is the part of the exhibit specialist to understand the audience and foresee and, if possible, avoid such mistakes. Another kind of training which the exhibit spe- cialist may be expected to supply, and the sole one in some instances, is that of designing and directing construction. This service in the making of panels, 121 I i m m THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING for example, in its first stage corresponds closely, as has already been stated, to what in printing or advertising is called the layout— the planning of margins, the spacing, determining the size and style of letters, the position of illustrations in rela- tion to words, and the like. Advertising designers have made this the subject of particular study. One firm claims that the sales from one advertise- ment alone were doubled by making a small change in its layout. If a considerable part of the skilled work is to be done by volunteers it is especially important that someone with exhibit experience should direct their work. Excellent results have been obtained by school classes, electricians, amateur photograph- ers, and others when exact specifications prepared by an exhibit director had been supplied. There are still other ways of getting exhibits made when a director or specialist in exhibits is not available. A few commercial firms will under- take all the work of design and construction. Or some parts of the exhibits, such as the models, elec- trical devices, or posters, may be turned over to commercial firms and the exhibit as a whole assembled by the exhibitor. If through lack of funds the exhibitor is obliged to assemble the exhibit himself, he may be able to secure valuable help through a voluntary advisory committee of people who apply to the building of an exhibit some of the same principles that apply in other fields: in advertising, cartoon drawing, 122 HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? headline writing, poster making. In utilizing such advisory service the exhibitor will need to keep clearly in mind that the technique of headline writing, of poster making, and of advertising activ- ities is not, in actual practice, altogether similar work to the preparation of exhibits. If he attempts to assemble the necessary assis- tance and direct it himself he will find, unfortu- nately, but few accepted workable rules ready for his guidance. He will need to seek an acquaintance with varied materials, forms of expression, color schemes, and construction devices, together with much experimenting, in order to adapt materials to his needs. He may be able to secure the advi- sory services of advertising men, sign painters, window trimmers, architects, and others whose ex- perience would at least be suggestive. Possibly these advisers could become small committees to be consulted on each new problem in construction. A list of the committees that may be of assistance is included in the scheme outlined on page 1 17. Organization for the Publicity Work A wide range of publicity and advertising meth- ods possible for an exhibit will be found in the chapter dealing with the subject. ^ Here we are concerned with the organization needed to get the publicity work done. The plan of the com- mittees previously described carries with it the machinery for accomplishing a great deal of the 'See Chapter XI. How Will You Advertise Your Exhibit? 123 f '1 1 Ill".lll THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING work, especially the kind that depends for suc- cess on the participation of people, upon "special" days, personal letters, brief talks at meetings, and the co-operation of merchants and others. It has also been suggested that the director of the whole enterprise should be someone with a sense for pub- licity and a knowledge of methods, or that he should have associated with him on his staff some- one with training in this line. If the latter plan is adopted this associate would then devote his time to co-operating with the newspapers, prepar- ing advertising material, and supervising the group of publicity committees. In a community- wide campaign in a city of such size as to make it diffi- cult to secure news space without giving practically full-time attention to the press, it is especially im- portant to have a press representative. More often than not the available man for publicity work of this kind will be primarily a newspaper man whose activities in your behalf will center largely on get- ting space in the daily newspapers. In that case it should fall to others to make the campaign inter- esting enough to supply him with news and other press material. If there is no one, either a general director or a publicity specialist, to direct this field of work, the exhibitor or exhibit committee will do best to fall back upon the cooperation of an advisory com- mittee on which newspaper men, advertising men, and others with experience or aptitude for pub- licity consent to serve. 134 HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? The Management of the Exhibition The exhibition, when shown to the public, re- quires its special group of workers who have the important task of turning to good account all that has been done in exhibit preparation, and in the publicity and advertising. Good exhibits in a badly managed exhibition are greatly handicapped, while good management sometimes carries to unexpected success exhibits of less than an average degree of merit. The exhibition management is an especially dif- ficult undertaking because so large a share of the work on which success depends is, ordinarily and advisedly, put in the hands of volunteers. Many of the workers must learn in action during the little time before the event is over how to do their work. It has been a common experience for the large exhibitions of recent years to tax the strength of a few local leaders almost to the point of exhaustion. Part of this strain is inevitable in an undertaking carried out with a temporary organization made up to a considerable extent of untried workers, and involving attention to a great number and variety of details each small in itself but very important to the whole. The best way to reduce this strain to a minimum is, as far as possible, in the advance planning to anticipate the many essentials to the smooth running of the machinery and to prepare for them. The exhibition committees who get ready at the last minute have no chance to do this 125 INmI J ^ III: THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING and will find themselves occupied with making signs, telephoning frantically to get helpers, run- ning out to the nearest store for a hammer and tacks, writing in pencil on placards notices that should have been provided for in advance, or argu- ing with the building inspector on the installation of lighting wire when they should be supervising more important activities which properly come at the last minute, such as receiving delegations of visitors; getting in touch with demonstrators to see that their schedules will be carried out on time ; noting improvements that might be made in the distribution of ushers; or studying out, behind the scenes, ways in which the usefulness of the exhibition may be increased from day to day. Oversight of Hall and Exhibits Preparation of the floor plan and oversight of the building of the exhibits, already discussed, bring the affair up to the point of installation. In- stallation usually must be carried out at top speed because halls are available only for a short time. A period of confusion, when workmen have not finished the construction of booths though the ex- hibits are ready and should be put in place, is to be expected. No detailed plans can be laid down to avoid this, but it will be minimized by the best possible supervision on the part of a director of exhibit construction or the chairman of the con- struction committee who should be on hand with a few reliable assistants to answer the questions of ij6 HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? workmen and to solve emergency problems. An im- portant part of their responsibility is to see that everything received in the hall is properly tagged as to ownership. After exhibits are in place there will be need for daily inspections to see that they are kept in place and in repair, and that all mechanical and electri- cal devices continue in running order. New signs will be needed and the correction of mistakes that nobody, in spite of much care, could foresee until exhibits were in place. Oversight of cleanliness, neatness, lighting, ventilation, and the observance of police and fire regulations will also be required. For all of these things definite responsibility should be fixed in one person, who may be a member of the directing staff or a committee chairman. He should have the assistance of a janitor, a good '* handy- man" or general helper and night watchman, in addition to having on call a sign writer, mechanic, and other skilled workers. Floor Management The workers on the floor of the large exhibition include ticket sellers, doortenders, explainers, dem- onstrators, ushers, guides, performers, attendants at the information booth, operators for the motion- picture machine and stereopticon, a fireman, and possibly a policeman. If everything is to run smoothly, each one of these should be in his par- ticular place at all the times agreed upon. It has been found that volunteers who are inclined to be 127 i' I ...III 1! i' THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING iwesponsible about promptness and reliability in keeping engagements respond much better to a businesslike management than to an informal one. In listing the committees for an exhibition, on page 1 1 8, suggestion is made to divide responsibility for floor management. Among these the committee on explainers deserves the most careful considera- tion. Explainers and Demonstrators The selections and acceptances of volunteer ex- plainers should be completed several weeks in ad- vance, one or more sessions for instruction held, and brief descriptions of the exhibits and sum- maries of the essential teaching points be placed in their hands well in advance of the opening. Definite instruction as to hours, place for report- ing, and general procedure should be supplied ; and each explainer should indicate in writing his ac- ceptance of specified hours for service.^ A private view of the exhibits attended by the committee workers and explainers should be held at the latest practicable hour when all material is as nearly ready as possible for the opening. In general, the hours of duty for explainers should be from 9 to i o'clock, i to 5, and 6 or 7 to closing. If there are likely to be many visitors between 5 and 7 o'clock an extra two- or three-hour shift should be arranged for. * For a discussion of the importance of having explainers and of their methods, see section beginning on page loi. ij8 HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? At the administrative headquarters for chairmen and helpers, which may be a desk, the information booth, or a convenient room, schedules should be kept, each showing the assigned locations of all explainers for a given period. Here the explainers may be expected to report, coming and going, and here also should be available a small reserve force to fill any missing places, and a list of other reserves willing to respond to emergency telephone calls. The explainers on reserve duty, awaiting an assign- ment, may serve as guides to special delegations of visitors. Daily gatherings of explainers for five, or at the most ten, minutes may be used to much advantage for the exchange of experiences and quick discus- sion of difficulties.^ At this time the chairman and his or her assistants who have done scouting duty around the exhibition hall may offer suggestions and warnings, if necessary, to the whole group. The same preparation through advance meet- ings, well-worked out schedules and daily gather- ings applies to demonstrators. The ushers' com- mittee may also follow the same plan of schedules but may not need advance preparation, although one session to explain plans and arouse a sense of responsibility will be helpful. There is a great ad- vantage in having the same ushers serve as many times as possible, for their best training comes through actual experience at the exhibition. » It may be found practicable and desirable also for each shift of explainers to report for this conference ten minutes in advance of the scheduled hour for duty. 9 129 1 1} J! . " } 111 i 4 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Attendance of School Children One of the special problems for ushers, explain- ers, and floor managers, comes when arrangements are made for the attendance of school children in the mornings, as is suggested in the next chapter on Publicity. A plan that has been successful in handling several hundred children who in a group are spending an hour at the exhibition is as follows: The children are first taken to a motion-picture hall, if there is one, or to some space where they may all be seated. Here they see motion pictures or slides for a few minutes and then they are told something about the exhibits and the best way to see them. If it happens that part of the material is too difficult or not especially appropriate for children, some mark, like a small red ribbon, is attached to all the other exhibits, which they should look for especially. They soon get interested in the game of "watching for the red ribbons." After being seated about, ten minutes, the chil- dren march in double file until the head of the pro- cession has completed the circuit of the exhibition hall. Then they are halted and each group of children visits the booth that is nearest to it, after which the procession circles the hall until all have made the rounds. When there are no ushers pres- ent in the morning, as is often the case, this hand- ling of the children can usually be carried out successfully by the floor manager, with members from parents* associations who may come in to 130 HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE ORGANIZED? help the teachers. The explainers' work begins when the children are ready to examine the ex- hibits. Paid Workers The floor manager is likely to need paid workers for afternoon and Svening hours for such duties as require the unfailing presence of attendants as ticket sellers, if an admission is charged; door- keepers, if there is an admission fee or card, or if small children are excluded at certain hours; and attendants for cloak room, rest room, and perfor- mers' dressing rooms. Of these, the cloak room attendant is especially important, because if none is provided, workers leave their wraps in the ex- hibit booths, which detract from the appearance of the booths and may even interfere with the view of the exhibits. Sales and Concessions Since an exhibition is for the purpose of awaken- ing interest, spreading knowledge, and opening leads for future activity, things to be paid for should be admitted only when they in some way contribute to the threefold purpose. On this basis there are times when an admission fee will be charged. A minimum price may be asked also for the catalogue or guide book. The check room may be reserved chiefly for the use of the exhibition workers by making a small charge for service to any not serving on a committee. 131 in* It " " THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Something to eat and drink may in most cases be justified on several grounds: the comfort and convenience of the workers, not a few of whom will be at the exhibition hall for long periods; the com- fort and convenience of visitors; the holding of luncheon or dinner conferences of workers and of clubs of men or women who come together to dis- cuss the exhibits informally before or after an in- spection; the encouraging of volunteer groups to come together in the lunch room before visiting the exhibits. All of these considerations make it de- sirable, if otherwise practicable, to have modest res- taurant facilities in the exhibition hall or building. The committee will do well to have all sales or concession agreements in writing, detailing the con- ditions and placing responsibility for food and ser- vice, the committee having final control over all of these matters. The restaurant may be managed by cooking classes, a committee of the exhibition, a church society, lodge or club, or a commercial concession- aire. i i 4 XI HOW WILL YOU ADVERTISE YOUR EXHIBIT? WHILE exhibitions are a form of publicity, publicity is also required to insure atten- dance. You may throw your exhibition open, but no matter how fine it is, if people do not come its value amounts to little or nothing. Or, if you have exhibits for sale, rent or to loan, you need to inform and interest the people who should buy, rent or borrow them. Publicity Methods for an Exhibition Some of the ways of getting people interested in an exhibition which have been used with success are as follows: I News items in the daily papers; editorials; inter- views; feature articles; cartoons; photographs of leaders of the exhibit project; illustrations of the sub- ject matter and of special exhibits; mention or appro- priate use of exhibit material in special departments, such as a society column, humorous column, woman's page, and events of the week; brief letters to editors from people interested in the purpose of the exhibi- . tion; and through the "question box" conducted in a newspaper. 133 1, 11 il'ilf THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Material in periodicals other than daily papers, including those that have a county circulation ; pub- lications issued by employes, and the house organs of firms and of public and semi-public agencies. Paid advertisements in newspapers. 11 Billboard and window posters, street car cards, bulletin boards, street banners and streamers, elec- trical signs. Pennants, posters, placards for display on auto- mobiles, wagons, trucks, and bicycles. Tags, stickers, poster stamps, rubber stamps, used on packages, letters, pay envelopes, milk bottles, and door knobs. HI Posters and cards in railway stations and hotels; cards and hangers in street cars. Inserts, slips or handbills for enclosure in store and laundry packages, in mail, in library books, in news- papers, and in pay envelopes, all to be translated into foreign languages if necessary. Information leaflets in several languages explaining the scope and purpose of the exhibition; post cards to committee members and workers telling interesting facts and suggesting how to promote "talk" about the exhibition. IV Announcement slides and "trailers" to picture ilms in motion-picture shows. Stereopticons or automatic lanterns at street cor- ners or at other open places, in vacant store windows, or in lobbies of public buildings. 134 HOW WILL YOU ADVERTISE YOUR EXHIBIT? Advertisements in theater programs and on score cards. Special exhibit features as attractions that can be "played up" in the various forms of publicity. Window exhibits; use of window fronts at organi- zation headquarters and in vacant stores; commercial window displays by merchants. Class room use of exhibit subject matter; exhibit of school made posters; messages to parents through school children; bulletin boards made in manual training classes. VI Cards of invitation; advance programs. Proclamation by the mayor or governor; announce- ments or communications by city, county, and state officials. Varied "stunts," such as posting of posters or win- dow cards in unusual places, sandwich men, town criers, house to house visiting, parades and proces- sionals, "silent speeches." Contests: using jingles, limericks, definitions, pho- tographs, posters, cartoons, essays, letters, songs, recipes, cookery. VII . Short talks at meetings of clubs, classes, and churches; at theaters and other public entertain- ments; noon meetings in shops and stores. Debates and platform discussion of exhibit and its purposes. Sermons; pulpit notices; mention in church calen- dars. 135 11 I' I' m '1i ifl THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Verbal announcement at public gatherings, both indoor and outdoor, including auctions and sales; also announcements at amusement places and athletic events. VIII Participation of large numbers of people in prepar- ing and carrying on the exhibition. Arrangements for attendance of invited groups at private views and opening receptions; inspections by public officials and prominent citizens. Arrangements for attendance of groups from organ- izations, neighborhoods, nationalities; visits by uni- formed bodies— lodges, military organizations; visits by public employes— policemen, firemen. Planning the Publicity Methods Choosing from the above list or working out other appropriate and practicable publicity meth- ods for a given exhibition is the job of the publicity specialist.^ So, also, is the good use of any methods chosen. But most exhibitors will not have this expert guidance, or will ask the exhibit director to include this service with his other duties. It is of the first importance that all committees having to do with forms of publicity consider each method in relation to the prospective visitors. Are people already familiar with the subject and pur- • pose of the exhibit? Or are both wholly new to them? Will they fail to attract because they sug- gest that very distasteful business of changing one's 1 See pages 1 13 and 123 for discussion relating to publicity spe- 136 - >, u c ^ o ^ c: t/i in Of LU H < ^ H Z Z o < a. S < u ra 3 a; ^ *• Si CQ 3 . t« Si c C « « E E « o 2 <" o ? 3 *^ T3 O a o i> *-> 3 -O E ♦- TO «J (so — rt <*- a o g o f' U C a; .2 I- ^-' OJ rt *- o c ° O i; 4, U ■ HOW WILL YOU ADVERTISE YOUR EXHIBIT? habits of living? Are they things that the hoped for visitors will think not their concern? Your first publicity problem, then, is one of understand- ing a mental attitude and devising ways to meet it; and it may be, even to utilize that attitude in order to put over your publicity. It is a phase of visualizing your audience. If recent immigrants (for an exhibition on house- hold sanitation, for example) are the desired audi- ence, emphasis may be placed on announcements in their own churches, work places, and lodges, upon messages through school children, and upon arrangements for attendance of neighborhood groups, information leaflets printed in their own languages, news and advertisements in foreign language papers. Another factor in determining the choice of pub- licity methods will be the form of committee organ- ization adopted. If you have a flexible plan^ which allows for the addition of members to your main committee or the appointment of an indefinite number of special committees, you have the ma- chinery for carrying out a large number of those suggestions on the foregoing publicity list that depend on personal effort, such as short talks at meetings, announcements at public gatherings, ar- rangements for the attendance of special groups, and so on. A third problem is the volume of publicity to be * See pages 115 to 1 19 of Chapter X, How Will the Project Be Organized? for discussion of committees. »37 r CO >k . 1 3 BABIES OUSANO COME o ijH^^ 1^ »Pii CI g^ si 0) g l» 9 ^c ft^co- Q o; I "I x: S ^ P 03 ex -a 3 C aj <« O. I- >^^ jj .:£ o o *i <^ c o c E a; c rt H < a UJ H Z o Z o 3 a: - . t" (A aj c "C ■— c/) OS o u C __ «*- .— u o a o T3 (/) 3-a •*— 03 — 03 <«- O. O C o ^ U C a; .2 *-> o V n «15 ? c x: HOW WILL YOU ADVERTISE YOUR EXHIBIT? habits of living? Are they things that the hoped for visitors will think not their concern? Your first publicity problem, then, is one of understand- ing a mental attitude and devising ways to meet it; and it may be, even to utilize that attitude in order to put over your publicity. It is a phase of visualizing your audience. If recent immigrants (for an exhibition on house- hold sanitation, for example) are the desired audi- ence, emphasis may be placed on announcements in their own churches, work places, and lodges, upon messages through school children, and upon arrangements for attendance of neighborhood groups, information leaflets printed in their own languages, news and advertisements in foreign language papers. Another factor in determining the choice of pub- licity methods will be the form of committee organ- ization adopted. If you have a flexible plan^ which allows for the addition of members to your main committee or the appointment of an indefinite number of special committees, you have the ma- chinery for carrying out a large number of those suggestions on the foregoing publicity list that depend on personal efi'ort, such as short talks at meetings, announcements at public gatherings, ar- rangements for the attendance of special groups, and so on. A third problem is the volume of publicity to be > See pages 115 to 119 of Chapter X. How Will the Project Be Organized? for discussion of committees. »37 136b f THE ABC OF EXHIBIT PLANNING obtained. Exhibitors are much more incHned to underestimate than to overestimate the amount of pubHcity needed. When exhibit committees are urged to add to the variety and extent of their publicity efforts, replies of this kind are frequent : "We don't need any more; the newspapers have been full of the exhibition," or " Everybody is talk- ing about it," or "The window cards are all over town; nobody could miss them." But the mere fact that news about it has been in the papers fre- quently by no means gives assurance that even those who read the papers saw or read the exhibit articles. The "everybody" who "is talking about it" usually means the people who are known and have been recently seen by enthusiastic members of the committee. When checked up by actual count, these everybodies would probably furnish a slim and poorly selected audience. Many a com- mittee whose members have been overconfident in advance, find themselves resorting at the last mo- ment to hastily devised advertising, to the sand- wich man, and all sorts of more or less makeshift efforts to draw people in from the streets. 1 1 would be better to make double the effort needed in ad- vance to reach your audience than to depend on a belated scramble to bring in "just anybody." A suggestive gauge of success in widespread pub- licity is when the man on the street and in the club, and the woman at home and in her club, finds your exhibit an interesting topic for conversation. Not until people talk about it among themselves have 138 HOW WILL YOU ADVERTISE YOUR EXHIBIT? you gained the public hearing which makes it probable that you can draw them into the exhibi- tion hall. It will not be necessary nor practicable here to go through the list of suggested publicity mediums categorically and discuss them item by item. A few words upon several of the more important methods, however, may be of value to those laying plans to use these and the other avenues of pub- licity to the maximum. News "News is news!" To get news about your ex- hibit into the papers, the first requisite is to have real news. The more engaging are your exhibit activities themselves, of course, the more interest- ing will be your items about them. Live news includes interesting names, interesting facts, and interesting things being done in unusual ways. When this prominent man or that leading woman accepts the chairmanship of this or that important committee of the exhibition; when a census of all the potential exhibition helpers in the city is completed; when rehearsals begin for a play or other special feature, or a committee rally has been held, or when a bit of lively discussion over the subject matter has been stirred up with some opponent of the movement — that is news, and it should be reported. The more people you have doing special things the more news there will be appealing for newspaper space; and conversely, »39 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING the more frequently the names and stories of what people are doing appear, the more enterprising will they be in their special assignments. Editorial discussion depends largely upon the compelling vitality of your activities and the breadth of appeal of your theme, although special aspects of the subject suitable for editorial con- sideration may sometimes be suggested. Many newspapers welcome a limited number of brief letters from their readers, with the emphasis on "brief," particularly if they bring up a fresh aspect of an old topic or a timely local application. Sometimes the papers will carry for a few weeks a special department or series of articles on a phase of the exhibition in addition to news and editorials. In a certain city three of the four daily papers car- ried such special features. One paper on the edi- torial page conducted a "Question Box" on the exhibition. Here questions about the subject mat- ter and the exhibition itself were printed daily with the replies given by the exhibition committees; indeed, the committees supplied the questions as well for the first few days, but after that the readers did the asking. Another had a series of brief arti- cles on why the exhibition should be of interest to teachers, parents, lawyers, and so on, each article addressing itself to a group. The third ran a series of signed articles by prominent citizens on different phases of the exhibition topic. Among the papers often overlooked in exhibit campaigns are the local and county weeklies some 140 HOW WILL YOU ADVERTISE YOUR EXHIBIT? of which have a large circulation, and those with even a small circulation may be influential among certain classes. The foreign language papers should also be included in any campaign that is expected to reach their readers. In all but the largest cities one or several influ- ential dailies published elsewhere are likely to have an important local circulation. It would be well to keep these out-of-town papers supplied with ex- hibition news items and other press copy, usually through their local correspondents. Advertising Straight newspaper advertising has a value all its own. However much news and editorial space may be given to the exhibits, well-handled advertising space will add further strength to your publicity. Advertisements prepared and donated by aii ad- vertiser or a group of advertisers may sometimes be secured. Or the advertiser may insert an announce- ment of the exhibition in his own advertisement. Moreover, from billboards and cards in cars to tags and stickers, the resources of the commercial advertiser may be employed in social welfare en- terprises. Usually a limited budget restricts ex- penditure for these things, but ingenuity and skill in preparation and taking thought in distribution will go far toward meeting the budget deficiency. No card, circular, or even announcement should be commonplace or done as others would do it. At least a pleasingly colored paper, or ink in color, will 141 ITT* THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING relieve a cheap handbill of some of its otherwise poor appearance. A simple line around the print- ing on a post card, or plain border to your window card or hanger, is likely to make it distinctive from other similar advertising matter. Try to avoid using more than one type face or kind of type in one piece of work ; secure variety by using different sizes of the same type. ^ The reason for having a variety of advertising forms is that by this method one stands a better chance of attracting the attention not only of the busy but also of the thoughtless and the uninter- ested, and in turn getting them to heed your mes- sage when put into other forms. However attrac- tive your "news" in the papers may be there will be some whose attention will not be arrested by it. Moreover, the attention of even the most respon- sive among us becomes more actively engaged through a variety of interest-awakening efforts. It is usually better not to issue souvenir pro- grams and other publications composed chiefly of advertisements. Of course there are exceptions to this suggestion, but as a rule the space thus bought by the merchant is not real advertising. Better, in most cases, to ask direct for a contribution and get out a smaller program and a more usable one than to run the danger of leaving among business men the feeling of their having been imposed upon. * Those who plan printed matter will find it helpful to read Sher- bow's Making Type Work, The Century Co., New York; or one of several other discussions on the subject, such as will be found in most public libraries. 142 A Successful Window Card The original, which was prepared for the Philadelphia Baby Week, was done in three colors. 142a PATRIOTIC RAI^LY 1 mmm* 1 1 THE WAR AND IHE WORKER 1 SPEAKERS SERGEANT-MAJOR BRAMHALL Oiihe Famom "Princess Pat" Regiment British €md Canadian Retruiting Service Captain A. P. Simmonds Former MiOtary Observer for the U. S. A. Mosic by Senior Orchestra of Music School Settlement AMTHVn FAMWeU. UmMr Friday, May 17, 1918, 8 P. M. Washington Irving High School Auditorium IRVING PLACE AND ITIli STREET COME AND BRINQ YOUR FRIENDS 1 Q[£ 1 1 I Uadcr Ike Smfkn of Jmnt tmi of Cbm— era league o( New Ywk Cky Courtrsy of War Cam# Gwimninffy Servlct A Distinctive Announcement The original was fourteen by twenty-two inches in size — black on yellow cardboard — and displayed in windows and on bulletin boards. 143b HOW WILL YOU ADVERTISE YOUR EXHIBIT? In many cities merchants have pledged themselves not to advertise in such publications. Personal Participation Supplementing the different forms of news and advertising are the various "personal'' methods of working up attendance. These, as noted else- where, depend upon good organization. Personal invitations may be drafted and dupli- cated so that members of committees can write them on their own stationery, over their own sig- natures, to individuals, professional groups, and others. These make a stronger appeal than do impersonal invitations. A certain day, morning, afternoon or evening, or a particular hour of the day or evening may be announced, arrangements having been made be- forehand, as the time when the members of a cer- tain organization, institution, occupational group, neighborhood, or the citizens from a nearby town will attend. This does not necessarily mean a promise that they will all attend. It means rather that the leaders or representatives have agreed to the arrangement for this special day or hour and will try to interest their people to come at that time. Neither need the "day" be set aside exclu- sively for one group. As in an exposition, there may be a number of "special days" on any one day.i ^ For outline of scope and method of a committee on special days, see page 199. M3 PATRIOTIC RALLY ^ Ijmki the Auspicn ol Junior Botrd oi CottMnim' League of New Ywfc City Courwjy o/ War Cainp Community Sen-ke A Distinctive Announcement The original was fourteen by twenty-two inches in size — black on yellow cardboard — and displayed in windows and on bulletin boards. 142b I HOW WILL YOU ADVERTISE YOUR EXHIBIT? In many cities merchants have pledged themselves not to advertise in such publications. Personal Participation Supplementing the different forms of news and advertising are the various "personal" methods of working up attendance. These, as noted else- where, depend upon good organization. Personal invitations may be drafted and dupli- cated so that members of committees can write them on their own stationery, over their own sig- natures, to individuals, professional groups, and others. These make a stronger appeal than do impersonal invitations. A certain day, morning, afternoon or evening, or a particular hour of the day or evening may be announced, arrangements having been made be- forehand, as the time when the members of a cer- tain organization, institution, occupational group, neighborhood, or the citizens from a nearby town will attend. This does not necessarily mean a promise that they will all attend. It means rather that the leaders or representatives have agreed to the arrangement for this special day or hour and will try to interest their people to come at that time. Neither need the "day" be set aside exclu- sively for one group. As in an exposition, there may be a number of "special days" on any one day.^ * For outline of scope and method of a committee on special days, see page 199. 143 ii r THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Announcements and dates of these special ar- rangements should be given to the papers as a part of the regular daily program. The plan for these special days, moreover, might well be carried further in the case of some of the more important societies which should be asked to arrange for special or regular session meetings at the exhibition hall. Members of certain neighborhoods brought to- gether under the leadership of a guide may be made a prominent part of the attendance plan, especially if they come from districts at a distance from the exhibition, or if composed of people who lack the initiative to attend of their own accord; for ex- ample, a non- English speaking group led by an interpreter. Parents are pretty sure to attend the perfor- mances of their children ; therefore the group ac- tivities and playlets in which children take part may be carried on by different groups from day to day, thus providing a special inducement for many parents and neighbors. In selecting the in- dividual children or those from certain districts for parts, it is important to bear in mind particular groups of parents or people who should see the exhibits. If the subject matter and the exhibits are of types to justify the schools in co-operating, the attendance of school children will secure the dis- semination of much information among families. Indeed, the attendance of these pupils can be made a part of the plan of spreading news about the ex- 144 / HOW WILL YOU ADVERTISE YOUR EXHIBIT? hibition. And if the children are intelligently in- structed about it their talk will do more to bring their parents out than if they were merely given printed matter to carry home. The best plan for the attendance of pupils both because of the increased educational value to the children and the convenience of the exhibition man- agement is to have them come during school hours in charge of their teachers. The right kind of in- struction can then be given, and they need not be admitted, unaccompanied, during the crowded late afternoon and evening hours. In the school itself alert teachers may be counted upon to make class room use of the subject matter of the exhibits, par- ticularly if attractive material can be provided in bulletin or leaflet form.^ For an exhibition in which the co-operation of many kinds of people is sought, short talks at .the meetings of bodies or associations held during the several weeks preceding the exhibition will help to establish a sense of personal relationship on the part of the people reached. Propaganda of this kind involves much good work on the part of com- mittees in making up lists of societies with their time and place of meeting, watching the papers for announcements of meetings, arranging for the talks, securing speakers, and providing ways for organizations to co-operate. The trouble taken is, however, well worth while. 1 See page 130 for further discussion of the attendance of school children. 10 >45 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING An additional element in the "personal" pub- licity campaign is the talk of those who are helping. Each person who is doing something is likely to spread the news among acquaintances. Therefore the more enthusiastic workers there are, the more the news is spread and interest aroused. These helpers, too, should be provided with exact infor- mation in concise leaflet or card form. A series of bulletins to workers will promote team activity. Out-of-town Publicity The local committee often seeks to reach the county or nearby counties, particularly if the ex- hibition is given in a center easily accessible from a considerable area. Invitations may also be sent far out into the state in the hope of enlisting co-operation in securing legislation or in sharing with other places the benefit of the exhibition cam- paign. The best methods for this widespread work include: Co-operation, by providing press material, with daily and weekly newspapers and trade periodicals in all sections of the territory to be reached. News and propaganda press matter in the form of plates and matrices, photographs, halftones and electros to be used in the advertisements of merchants. Invitations to the traveling representatives of state departments or state welfare associations to talk about the enterprise wherever they go. The traveling secretaries, for example, of a certain 146 HOW WILL YOU ADVERTISE YOUR EXHIBIT? State Sunday school association in this way boosted a traveling tuberculosis exhibition. The issue by the governor of an official proclama- tion calling attention to the exhibition. The sending by a leading physician of personal letters to all county medical societies or to an extended list of individual physicians. The mayor may write to all other mayors in the state, and so on. In addition to the above, railroads and other transportation lines may advertise and may en- courage excursion parties to attend the exhibition. A local committee on out-of-town work may send speakers out through the county or to other towns from which visitors may be expected. In some cases an enterprising committee may secure local committees in a number of towns to co-operate in working up delegations to go to the exhibition city. Many of the local publicity plans may be adapted also to the reaching of out-of-town visi- tors. Those Who Do Not Come Be the propaganda ever so well managed, how- ever, there will always be many who are not im- pelled to attend. Nevertheless, the publicity which advertises the exhibition, although it may not suc- ceed to the extent of inducing people to attend, is often a vital extension force and may project the message far. Nearly every piece of printed matter, 147 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING as already suggested, may bear a fact, a figure, or a slogan even to the stay-at-home. Every address or discussion about the exhibition should be ac- companied by mention of the reason for holding it. The talk thus created by a lively campaign conveys facts and ideas far beyond the original circle of those who take part or attend. A well-told anec- dote, for instance, may reach people untouched by all other publicity. Publicity Made Educational It should be urged that all of those projects un- dertaken to give publicity to the exhibition which are in any way adaptable to the purpose (particu- larly those using the newspapers and periodicals, leaflets, and public addresses) should be made to carry as much of the educational message of the exhibition itself as possible. This is accomplished partly by the repeated ex- planation of the reasons or arguments for holding the exhibition. Publicity for Loan, Rent, or Sales Exhibits Getting people to attend an exhibition is like a retailer's selling goods to consumers, whereas get- ting people to borrow, rent, or buy is like selling the goods to the retailer. The first step is similar in both cases, that of finding your clientele through careful study of the particular field; the second step involves a much more personal effort in order 148 HOW will you advertise your exhibit? to interest each prospective borrower, renter, or purchaser, than is likely to be made in working up attendance at a show. Form letters, varied for dif- ferent types of purchasers, samples of the exhibit or reproductions in miniature, personal confer- ences, and offers of co-operation in getting results from the exhibits are aniong the methods that are effective in renting, loaning, or selling.^ An important feature of the publicity will be suggestions to purchasers or borrowers on methods of using the exhibit. These suggestions should be based on experiments worked out in co-operation with one or more exhibitors. For example, you have a set of six posters for sale at a nominal price on the health of school children. Your object is primarily propaganda, not volume of sales, and so you desire not only to get as many people as pos- sible to buy sets of posters but to have every pur- chaser use them to the best advantage. You have gained very little when a purchaser leaves them rolled up on a shelf to gather dust, or hangs them in an office visited by a few people. If you wish to show how a mothers' club could use these posters you will plan and carry out a typical program for a mothers' meeting. This pro- gram may include a talk with human interest stories and information of a practical nature that will elaborate what is told by the posters; and it may include also some "next steps," such as con- ^ See discussion of publicity methods for an exhibit for sale and loan on page 188. 149 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Crete tasks for members of a mothers' club to re- port on at another meeting. A photograph and an account of this meeting may be enclosed with a form letter sent to club leaders, settlements, and others who might use the exhibit at meetings. Again, it may be possible to arrange to display the exhibit at a county fair or a school. As a result of the help you may be able to give local bodies in preparing material to supplement yours, and in arranging their whole exhibit attractively, you may secure a photograph of the finished affair which would be full of suggestion for a similar use of your material elsewhere. if your plan of using the exhibits contains an idea new to those approached, it will, of course, make your material still more loanable or salable. An organization promoting the sale of a pamphlet on city government, for example, sent letters to the state chairmen of the National Council of Defense suggesting that the pamphlet would be useful to their committee on after-the-war recon- struction work. Six replies said that they had no such committee, but one would be appointed and the pamphlet recommended for its consideration. Very often in suggesting a way of using your ex- hibit, you are not only obtaining a purchaser for it but providing those approached with new methods that increase their activity and thus their use- fulness as promoters of your educational material. Local groups borrowing or renting exhibits may be greatly helped in making good use of them by 150 HOW WILL YOU ADVERTISE YOUR EXHIBIT? the co-operation of national or state organizations in supplying press matter, publicity plans, and other assistance which simplifies the work of the local committee. An organization may place its loan exhibit in charge of a trained member of its staff whose busi- ness it is to find good opportunities for its use, to set up and supervise it personally, and to outline the follow-up work. An exhibit so supervised may be placed in schools, shops, clubs, churches, even though no official interest in the work of the organi- zation has been expressed. 151 xn HOW WILL YOU FOLLOW UP THE EXHIBIT? THE follow-up work of an exhibit consists in turning to account in some definite way the newly awakened interest and increased knowledge that have been spread among people who saw it, read about it, or heard it talked about. The exhibit should not be merely a "stunt," a more or less effective educational tour de force standing alone. Such an effort may do some good, of course, but it is of far less service than when closely related to a later program. In planning your exhibit, therefore, you need to know as fully as possible what the follow-up pro- jects are to be so that you can pave the way for them. For example, the object of the campaign may be to raise money for the support of a child- caring institution. The exhibition serves its pur- pose in arousing interest, sympathy, and under- standing of the usefulness of the institution on the part of prospective givers. The follow-up work consists in getting their contributions. You pre- pare the way for this follow-up work by seeing that people who may become interested attend the ex- 152 HOW WILL YOU FOLLOW UP THE EXHIBIT? hibition or hear it talked about. The appeal for money should then follow while the impressions gained at the exhibition are still vivid. There are a number of possible methods of using the exhibition in order to pave the way for follow- up work. Distribution of printed matter at the exhibition, references to a few selected books and pamphlets to read, signing visitors up for support of a measure or membership in an organization, ob- taining names for mailing or visiting lists, and turning the exhibit organization into a permanent one are a few of the many follow-up methods. These will be discussed briefly. Distribution of Printed Matter Distribution to visitors of free printed matter which answers questions they will be likely to ask is one way to do follow-up work. For instance, if a home-made fireless cooker has been demon- strated, printed directions for making one might be distributed; or if the short ballot is advocated, a leaflet might be provided explaining the details of the proposed reform together with a printed letter or telegram supporting it that the visitor could sign and send to his legislative representa- tive. Copies of recipes that have been demon- strated, patterns for making clothes such as are displayed, and simple puzzles or other materials for home occupations, may be given away or sold for a few cents. Incidentally it is important to see that the printed matter sustains the interest awak- 153 i THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING ened, and that there is not so much of it that the beginnings of interest may be stifled by an over- dose. It should indicate first steps chiefly, and point out how and where further information and opportunities for service may be secured. As a rule it is wasteful, we believe, to distribute freely annual reports and lengthy pamphlets at exhibi- tions. Reference Lists and Displays Library lists, leaflets, and displays of books and magazines are excellent. Some attention to space requirements, however, will be necessary if visitors are to be permitted to handle these publications. Government pamphlets may be exhibited, and pos- tal cards addressed to government departments, asking for copies of these pamphlets, may be sold. The bulletin board shown on the opposite page was used as part of the follow-up work of the Pennsyl- vania food conservation train. The topics on the bulletin board for each group of pamphlets dis- played corresponded with topics of exhibit sections, so that the housewife could select reading matter to help her in carrying out suggestions made in the exhibits. At first, the pamphlets themselves were given out in response to requests, but it was soon found to be more practicable to help visitors to secure them directly from the government. Visi- tors also may be referred to classes or clubs or conferences on the subjects of the exhibition. •'''■r From the Pennsylvania Food Conservation Train An Attractive Method of Displaying Pamphlets This bulletin board was designed to attract attention to government bulletins and to assist in a quick selection of those that are desired. The titles under which the bulletins are grouped correspond to the topical divisions of an exhibit of which the bulletin board formed a feature. The dimensions of the panel are four feet wide by five feet high. The back- ground is of compo-board painted a buff color, and the frame is of wood stained a dark green. The illustrations were painted in oils. 154a THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING ened, and that there is not so much of it that the beginnings of interest may be stifled by an over- dose. It should indicate first steps chiefly, and point out how and where further information and opportunities for service may be secured. As a rule it is wasteful, we believe, to distribute freely annual reports and lengthy pamphlets at exhibi- tions. Reference Lists and Displays Library lists, leaflets, and displays of books and magazines are excellent. Some attention to space requirements, however, will be necessary if visitors are to be permitted to handle these publications. Government pamphlets may be exhibited, and pos- tal cards addressed to government departments, asking for copies of these pamphlets, may be sold. The bulletin board shown on the opposite page was used as part of the follow-up work of the Pennsyl- vania food conservation train. The topics on the bulletin board for each group of pamphlets dis- played corresponded with topics of exhibit sections, so that the housewife could select reading matter to help her in carrying out suggestions made in the exhibits. At first, the pamphlets themselves were given out in response to requests, but it was soon found to be more practicable to help visitors to secure them directly from the government. Visi- tors also may be referred to classes or clubs or conferences on the subjects of the exhibition. 154 From the Pennsylvania Food Conservation Train An Attractive Method of Displaying Pamphlets This bulletin board was designed to attract attention to government bulletins and to assist in a quick selection of those that are desired. The titles under which the bulletins are grouped correspond to the topical divisions of an exhibit of which the bulletin board formed a feature. The dimensions of the panel are four feet wide by five feet high. The back- ground is of compo-board painted a buff color, and the frame is of wood stained a dark green. The illustrations were painted in oils. 154a HOW WILL YOU FOLLOW UP THE EXHIBIT? Enrolling Supporters or Memberships If the aim is to stir people to action or to get it through their support, you may enroll them during the exhibition for endorsement of a project or mem- bership in an organization. For example, you may wish to enroll the residents of a given district in a league to uphold decent standards for amusement places in the neighborhood. A neighborhood rec- reation exhibition may be made the rallying place where residents enlist for service in reporting vio- lations of law, pledging support to good amusement places, and recording their preferences for forms of recreation that might be launched through a neigh- borhood league. If volunteer follow-up service is desired it should be possible, through brief personal interviews or registration cards, to select some of the visitors or exhibition helpers who may be counted upon for more or less active help. Assignments for volun- teers should be planned in advance of the exhibi- tion, so that newly awakened enthusiasm will not be wasted because there is no immediate use for it. At a recent exhibition given by a charity organiza- tion society many offers of service as friendly visi- tors were received. If interesting tasks had not been ready for them a number, no doubt, would have lost their eagerness for service before they could have been put to work. The success of the exhibition committee plan of offering definite jobs to individuals and organiza- 155 II > p V I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING tions,^ many of which have not before helped in welfare work, may suggest the adoption of the same idea in the follow-up schemes. Mailing and Visiting Lists All visitors may be invited to register, either in the course of the circuit of the hall or on leaving it. They may be told frankly, if they ask an explana- tion, that the purpose is to keep them informed on the exhibition topic and the follow-up work. In propaganda work these lists often prove very valu- able as furnishing a selected audience of people already aware of the movement to whom to send printed matter, invitations to meetings, and some- times requests for subscriptions or memberships. The lists will be still more valuable if the registra- tion cards include blanks on which visitors may indicate their membership in various organizations or their interest in certain social or civic activities. Family visitors, especially nurses, doing baby welfare work have often considerably increased their visiting lists of mothers through names ob- tained at exhibitions. It has happened a number of times that nurses who were confident that they knew "all the babies" in their district or in this or that small community were greatly surprised at the number of new acquaintances they made at the baby welfare exhibition. 1 For discussion of committee work and organization, see section beginning on page .15. 156 HOW WILL YOU FOLLOW UP THE EXHIBIT? Utilizing the Exhibit Organization The connection with the enterprise of persons whose later support is desired may be held by placing some of them on educational or other follow-up committees, and by retaining others on a permanent exhibit committee. It is fairly easy to enlist people for something temporary and im- mediate, such as an exhibition. Once having obtained their interest, to make it permanent may be an important phase of your task. Furthermore, the people brought together in a temporary organization may be just those who should form the nucleus of a permanent one. Or, if full records of the workers are preserved much the same organization can be called together again for a later intensive effort with far less labor than was needed in the first instance. A community ex- hibition may disclose among its leaders and com- mittee members a high degree of aptitude for civic work; this does not mean, of course, that officers or committees should be made permanent. A brand new organization could make new selections of leaders in the light of campaign experience; but they might come from the number which had al- ready been working together on this subject. Possibilities of follow-up work develop during the course of an exhibition that cannot be anticipated, and thus all such work may not wisely be planned for in advance. The unforeseen incidental results, the social by-products, as it were, of many an ex- 157 h THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING hibit have been very far-reaching. But such pos- sibilities do not save the exhibitor from the need of being ready in advance to seize anticipated opportunities for follow-up work. Even for the smallest of exhibits shown at a club, in a school, or before a church society, a plan should be prepared by which a co-operating committee among the teachers or club members may be enrolled for fur- ther service. Above all things you must have a plan; must have worked out a procedure; first, for presenting the idea ; second, for assuring a response ; third, for securing the desired benefit or result from it. I $3 XIII HOW MUCH MAY WE SPEND? WHAT is the approach to the question of cost? One exhibitor will start with an approximate idea of what he can reason- ably spend and revise it as his plans develop. An- other will have a definite sum of money to spend and will plan the best way in which to do it. A third will approach the exhibit plan without allow- ing the cost to be a determining or semi-determin- ing factor and outline a scheme that suits his pur- pose; he will estimate the probable budget needed and proceed to raise that amount; or he may set it aside from his general fund for education or publicity. As an exhibit may cost anywhere from a few dollars to many thousands, it is possible for each of these projectors to get something for his money. The kind of return, too, will be propor- tionate to the amount spent if the exhibitor is wise enough not to try to carry out with one hun- dred dollars a plan that requires several hundred or a thousand. If he is not, in such a case the returns are not likely to be worth even one hundred dollars. The exhibitor who adapts his budget to his plan has the advantage over others. Within certain limits, it would seem probable that more exhibitors »59 *ii t I What Have Other Exhibits Cost? This is a reasonable question to ask but a diffi- cult one to answer, because no very satisfactory data are at hand. The cost of each exhibit must be figured out in relation to the particular plan that was followed, as well as in relation to the items that were charged against the exhibit budget rather than against some other fund, or that were secured in some other way without charge against the ex- hibit. The cost of some exhibits that we could give as examples covered their construction only and not their use. Others involved a very small ex- penditure of money but a very generous amount of contributed material the value of which could not be accurately estimated. Even if in another case we could state the exact figures covering all the expenses of a given exhibit the amount would mean little unless we could give some assurance that the distribution of the money between the various divisions of the budget had been done judiciously. Last of all, there are wide variations in the cost of materials and services at different times and places. However, in spite of these reasons for dis- counting the value of "typical budgets," we are aware that exhibitors will still feel that the amounts spent in other exhibits will be a rough indication or suggestion as to what they can do on similar amounts also. The main figures of a few budgets will therefore be quoted. 162 HOW MUCH MAY WE SPEND? 1 A traveling exhibit consisting of 14 panels such as are pictured on pages 64a and 68a, with pack- ing boxes, standards, and title signs, cost $600. This sum included the services of an exhibit spe- cialist who was paid for fifteen days' work and con- tributed about ten days in addition; a craftsman who charged half of his regular rates, and the com- mercial construction of panels and boxes. It did not include any of the cost of use of the exhibit. n A traveling exhibit of five large framed panels with water-color sketches, plus 3,000 sets of repro- ductions 18 inches by 28 inches, made in black and white on heavy paper, cost ii58oo. Part of this sum was covered by selling some of the reproductions. HI A traveling exhibition which was taken on a six months' tour through one state cost $3,000. The exhibit, including 50 panels, some slides, models, and objects, cost $ i ,000. This paid for the services of an exhibit specialist and a designer and for most of the construction, some sketches having been con- tributed. The other j!2,ooo paid for the tour, in- cluding the salary of an attendant and the expenses of a director who made advance visits to each place, of two speakers, and also numerous incidental charges. All local expenses and part of those of 163 ii THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING transportation and of local attendants were paid by committees in each place visited. IV A community exhibition held in a large armory for ten days cost ^3,500. This sum included part of the cost of exhibits, including 250 panels and many electrical devices and models, part-time ser- vices of a campaign director, an exhibit designer and a clerical force, and in fact all the money spent on the campaign. The contributed services and materials for construction and installation were estimated as worth fully as much as those that were paid for. A baby welfare exhibition, consisting largely of demonstrations with borrowed equipment, cost I250. This included advisory service of an ex- perienced exhibit specialist, printed matter, some temporary booth construction, and explanatory signs for exhibits. How Expenditures Should Be Distributed The mistakes often made in distributing expen- ditures are: I. Spending too little on the use of the exhibit in proportion to the initial cost. In the case of the exhibit described above that cost $600 (example I), the use made of it was casual and of uncertain value, depending almost wholly on the chance HOW MUCH MAY WE SPEND? judgment and enthusiasm of exhibit borrowers for its effectiveness. 2. Spending too little money and too much of the time of a busy executive who must at the same time maintain the routine of his organization ac- tivities. If, for example, volunteer service is ac- cepted for an important piece of work, the neces- sity to oversee it which delays and consumes time becomes an item of real expense. A sketch contrib- uted by an artist who does not follow directions in making it, or in delivering it when needed, may cause more trouble than the saving through his contribution of service justifies. The clerical ser- vices of volunteers who are not adequately super- vised may also prove costly. 3. Spending all the money on construction and use of exhibits and nothing for ideas. An example is a panel on which the lettering alone cost jf 10, which incidentally is a large sum, while the reading matter was uninteresting, badly arranged, and poorly illustrated. These cases suggest the need in budget-making to see that expenditures be well balanced between the securing of good ideas well expressed in attrac- tive form, reaching the right people with the ex- hibits, and careful following-up in order that full value be obtained. It should be recognized, as has been pointed out in a number of places in the foregoing pages, that good advance planning is a great saving. Service that would be costly can be obtained free if volun- 165 I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING teers are given time in which to meet your needs. For example, it is often possible to have a reason- ably satisfactory model or electrical device con- structed by a manual training class if the request is made early enough; or a skilled mechanic or a manual training teacher may be secured to build it in his leisure hours. The part-time services of a campaign director or an exhibit specialist can be used to much greater advantage in relation to total expenditure of hours if his services are spread out over a long period with intervals between con- sultation, or visits during which volunteers are carrying out his suggestions. i66 XIV TWO ILLUSTRATIVE PLANS FOR USING EXHIBITS IN the foregoing chapters the methods of plan- ning, constructing, and using exhibits and ex- hibitions of many kinds have been discussed. In order that the principles laid down and the sug- gestions offered may become more concrete they have been applied to a limited extent to two specific cases, and the plans which resulted are presented below. The first exemplifies the prepa- ration and use of a traveling exhibit as the center around which a campaign urging the state care of petty offenders might be developed; the second illustrates the methods of planning and carrying out an educational exhibit campaign that would employ a number of methods of display which could be promoted simultaneously in many places. The examples represent the first stages in plan- ning and should be followed by a much more detailed plan as the next stage. 1. A PLAN FOR A STATE CAMPAIGN CENTERING AROUND A TRAVELING EXHIBIT Topic: State Care of Petty Offenders * Object Let us suppose that a state organization inter- ested in prison reform has been working for a year 167 fi ! THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING or more on plans for legislation to establish one or more state industrial and farm reformatories for offenders now sentenced to county jails. The aim is to provide a corrective and reformative institu- tion for this class of prisoners and to utilize the county jails solely as places of detention for per- sons awaiting trial or the action of a grand jury. We may assume that the public and private agen- cies concerned with prison reform have fully looked into the question and are in favor of the proposed changes, and that the proposals have been brought to the attention of the governor and some members of the state legislature. In each section of the state small groups of interested people are ready to co-operate. Bills have been framed to estab- lish such institutions and to provide for the pur- chase of a site; an active lobby has been main- tained at the state capital The time seems ripe for an intensive campaign of public education in support of the plans. It will have as its objects both the establishment of this new state institu- tion and the improvement of conditions in local •"■ I Audience Who and where are the people whose support is needed to push the bill through to favorable action in the legislature? We will suppose that as a part of the preliminary work of the campaign a study has been made indicating where strong opposition will appear; where there is indifference; and where 168 TWO ILLUSTRATIVE PLANS FOR USING EXHIBITS active support may be comparatively easy to gain ; that about 20 counties can be visited with the time and money at command ; that these counties will be carefully selected, an educational plan devised to reach others, and a time schedule arranged with all of the above facts in mind. The advance work will aim to overcome, or at least to smoke out, the adversaries in the centers of opposition. A special effort will be made to en- lighten the public on those facts regarding which misinformation and an old-fashioned point of view have misled them. The counties selected will be those in which conditions in the local jails are worst and the possibility of arousing people to attention therefore the greatest. Within the cities them- selves efforts will be concentrated, first, on getting the attention of political leaders, single individuals, and officers and members of organizations inter- ested in civic improvements and in other better- ment enterprises; and second, on the large body of citizens in general. The object will be to demon- strate to the public the advantages, both to the local community and to the offender, of the pro- posed changes in the method of caring for prisoners and to induce the public to go favorably on record for them. Use of the Exhibit As has already been suggested, the exhibit will be a feature of a state-wide educational campaign. The exhibition during several days or a week will 169 II I lllxl Illllll 1: r THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING provide an occasion for centering attention on the jail problem in each county visited and in the sur- rounding district. It will be held in the town and in the hall where people are accustomed to come for important events. The tour will last about three months, reaching its climax in a visit to the state capital shortly before appropriation bilk are likely to be considered. An advance or- ganization in each city will pave the way for good local support of the movement. While the exhibit will be the central and striking feature of the cam- paign, other methods will be used to arouse the interest of a larger number of people than can be expected to come to an exhibition hall. The Exhibit Itself The Facts. We will assume that the committee has its facts well in hand and that its problem is one of selection. What sort of information and argument will be the most telling in such a cam- paignr Bearing in mind the current misunderstandings and prejudices about methods of caring for pris- oners, the following outline of exhibit content is suggested : r A striking picture of the existing conditions that break down health, morals, and self-respect. 2. A contrasting picture of building up condi- tions under the proposed system. 3. Types of persons found in county jails who should be withdrawn and properly segregated 170 TWO illustrative plans for using exhibits under the proposed change. Description and brief histories of three or four such types showing the beginner in crime; the repeater; the untrained, out-of-a-job man; the old rounder. 4. The economic advantages to the community of the new plan. 5. Why the community is better protected under the new plan. 6. How this system will provide more humane care for offenders. 7. A few facts about the results of a similar ex- periment tried elsewhere. 8. A brief summary of the proposed law and the needed appropriations. These aspects of the problem will be of interest and concern to the ordinary citizen. Other more technical facts — on jail management, architectural plans, detailed features of the proposed bills, the relative' value of various trades and types of out- door work will all be of special interest to a limited number of persons. Exhibits on these topics may be segregated in a convenient corner of the ex- hibit hall, where small groups can be brought together for informal conference. A local exhibit supplementing the traveling ex- hibit in each place visited would show conditions in the local jail and offer a plan adapted to local conditions for handling detained prisoners accord- ing to the proposed methods of the new state in- stitutions advocated. Forms. The exhibit will consist of about 24 large 171 ,1 [I 1 1 ; itili THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING panels and 12 small ones, supplemented by several models, devices, and displays of objects. A four- paged leaflet summing up the bill and the chief ar- guments for it will be prepared in attractive form. Twelve additional small panels will be made up in each county. An exhibit for extension work in other counties, described later, will be made up in poster form in quantities. The large panels will be three feet wide by five feet high, mounted on standards that raise them 20 inches from the floor. They should be made of compo-board painted in a light buff color, with a two-inch frame of white pine given a dark brown or green stain to contrast with the compo-board. These panels will be used for presenting ideas and facts that can best be expressed in large units. As a suggestion for the treatment of the topics in the outline above, on each of four of these panels one type of prisoner will be pictured against the background of his cell, work bench, or some scene that tells a part of his story. The sketch will occupy about one-half to two-thirds of the panel, space being allowed for about 50 words of descrip- tion and a margin of four inches at the top and sides and five at the bottom. The four panels done in this way will portray a beginner, a repeater, a rounder, and a "misfit." The cost in approximate figures of the penal system that has produced these types of human failures will be shown by a series of sketches on 173 TWO ILLUSTRATIVE PLANS FOR USING EXHIBITS panels, which contrast the bills the community pays for the old health-wrecking and morals- wrecking methods of maintaining idle prisoners, with the value it receives from productive prison- ers restored to health and good citizenship through the new methods. The small panels will be of heavy cardboard, 22 by 28 inches, with rounded edges and made up like those shown on pages 5od and 5oe. The color scheme will harmonize with the large panels. On these will be shown photographs, at least 1 1 by 14 inches in size, portraying the wretched sanitary con- ditions and the life of prisoners in the jail, together with a few words of description on their food, health, and treatment. The prison farm, shown by a scenic device, will form an attractive central feature. It will be pro- duced from actual plans of the proposed new build- ings and grounds. Figures of men at work will appear about the grounds. Beside it will be the model of a section of the present typical jail interior showing a single corridor and a row of cells, with small figures of prisoners engaged in the usual prison occupations. These models will be dis- played in open boxes of a size to stand on ordinary tables three by four feet in size. A device will show the repeater (a small wooden figure) moving around a "vicious circle" in which in endless repetition he passes through a saloon, a courthouse, and a jail of the old type. The de- vice may be worked by hand or electricity. 173 I w H THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Arrangement The exhibit as a whole will be arranged as a series of booths. One or two of the large panels, according to needs in arranging the subject matter, will form each side of a shallow booth, and a burlap- covered wall or framework will screen the back. Three or four of the small panels will hang on these burlap-covered screens at a height that brings the base of the panel at least 40 inches above the floor; a model, device, or display of printed matter will occupy the center of the booth. Six title signs for booths will be provided as part of the traveling exhibit; packing cases each to hold five large panels and a metal suit case for the small ones. Getting the Exhibit Made The 24 large panels, 12 of the small ones, and two models, will belong to the traveling exhibit. These will be prepared by commercial exhibit makers under the direction of a specialist who will also provide specifications for the local exhibits. The burlap covering for the screens at the back of the booths likewise will belong to the traveling outfit in order that a background harmonizing with the panels may be assured, and a set of stage drops for the play described below. One or more models and devices, 12 small panels, and the framework for the screens, will be supplied by the local com- mittee in each city. Bound and finished cards for «74 two illustrative plans for using exhibits the small panels would be supplied at cost by the state committee in order to secure uniformity. Exhibits of Speech and A'ction Some of the facts and plans can be presented to better advantage in special local programs in the cities where the exhibition is held than through panels and models. Part of the work of the local committee will be to arrange for these programs. As all the exhibits may easily be seen in forty-five minutes or an hour, it may be safe to arrange a program lasting forty-five minutes; but this should be carefully tested and decreased in length if it takes attention that should go to the exhibits. The program may include: Brief speeches by a state or county official and one or two other prominent people on the opening night of the exhibition. A short play portraying an incident in the life of a jail repeater which should last about fifteen or twenty minutes and be repeated two or three times during each session. It may show a court-room scene that brings out the method of handling al- leged offenders or the arrival of the repeater at the jail. Some humorous touches will be needed to save the play from being too gloomy. If it is pos- sible, two plays, or one play and a pantomime, might be secured, one for the afternoon and one for the evening session, the afternoon play to be per- formed by young people of high school age. Two methods may be tried to secure these plays: 175 « hM'T, 'I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING a prize may be offered by a member of the state committee for a play to bring out a particular idea; or an experienced writer may be asked to contrib- ute such a play. Following each presentation of the play the cam- paign director will give a ten-minute talk dealing with the greater protection guaranteed to the local community under the proposed system of prison management, and the economic advantage of con- verting prisoners who have lost their grip upon themselves into good citizens, as well as the advan- tage to the prisoners of more humane treatment. The aim in this talk will be to make each person present feel a personal concern in the problem and the welfare of petty offenders. This concern can be made more real by a talk than by the most graphic exhibit. The program may be varied once or twice in each city by having an outside speaker of prominence who will talk about thirty or forty minutes. His reputation should be such as to insure local papers giving good space to the reporting of his address. A personally conducted visit to the local jail or jails starting from the exhibit hall may be arranged once or twice each day. Another special feature will be a booth where energetic workers are on hand to obtain signatures to letters or cards, approving the object of the exhibition and the methods advocated, to be mailed to the legislators and the governor. . It may also be well to get some prominent people to send per- 176 TWO ILLUSTRATIVE PLANS FOR USING EXHIBITS sonal letters or telegrams to the committee sup- porting the aims of the exhibit which can be given to the press. Timely letters to members of the legislature from the district and members of legis- lative committees considering these bills should be arranged for. Typewritten forms containing reso- lutions favoring the bill about to be introduced should be provided the delegations and officers of organizations attending the exhibition, which they may submit to their fellow members for approval at their next organization meeting. Publicity The campaign and its objects will need publicity of several kinds. As a whole it must have a certain amount of state-wide publicity in the form of news stories, editorials, and special articles by well- known writers in Sunday magazine sections of the large dailies. Newspaper discussion of the subject should be stimulated by urging many people to write letters to editors. All of this press work should be directed from the headquarters of the state organization and be conducted chiefly during the opening and closing weeks of the campaign. Another phase of the publicity work will be to keep the members of the legislature informed of all favorable comments received on the proposed bill, and to direct toward them a stream of letters and telegrams from their constituents. This work will be done under the direction of the state committee. II 177 I H. ,.:■ THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING in part from the organization headquarters, but chiefly from the cities where the exhibit appears. The third part of the work will be the local pub- licity in each city which is aimed to see that people attend the exhibition and to get the subject into the county papers in the immediate vicinity. This will be left to the local publicity committee, which will be assisted by having ready-made press mate- rial furnished them in advance. The publicity work assignments of volunteer committees should also be outlined and arranged for.* . A leaflet for wide local distribution, already described on page 172, should be supplied by the state committee. The forms that local publicity methods will take are suggested by the assignment list given below. Organization We will suppose that the organization respon- sible for the campaign has a salaried worker whose time for about six months may be given almost ex- clusively to preparing for and directing the cam- paign. He will make an advance tour in preparing each city to be visited for its participation in the campaign, will direct the campaign, and travel with the exhibit. He will have an assistant in charge of the exhibit who will supervise its trans- portation, installation, display, and packing, and assist in arranging the local exhibits that are added to it. The co-operation of the state organi- sation staff" and of the state committee referred * See Appendix B. page 199, for sample committee outlines. 178 y- k TWO ILLUSTRATIVE PLANS FOR USING EXHIBITS to below, can presumably be relied upon in pre- paring and distributing the state-wide publicity material from the campaign headquarters. Although the prison reform organization should be responsible for the detailed work, the campaign may be officially sponsored by a campaign com- mittee of prominent citizens throughout the state. The director's advance trip to each city should include arrangements for a local honorary or ad- visory committee and a small executive committee. The number of sub-committees appointed will de- pend largely on the energy and enthusiasm of this executive committee and the suggestive value of the advance plans and their appealing presentation by the director. The director will provide the local committee with typewritten outlines describing special assignments and recommend that they be divided among as many committees or groups as it is possible to organize. These committee assign- ments should include : Explainers. A small group of explainers or guides, including two or three for each session. Advance instruction will be arranged for by the director who will also meet the group promptly upon his arrival for final instructions. Exhibition Hall and Installation. This committee will undertake arrangements for the renting or bor- rowing of a hall for the required time and help in' the installation and packing of exhibits. Local Exhibit. The preparation of the local ex- hibit material to be carried out in ways varying in 179 .. !► r ',! t '' THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING accordance with the volunteer or money resources of this committee. To secure uniformity in ap- pearance and workmanship, the exhibit specialist preparing the traveling exhibit should provide the panels on which lettering may be done and illus- trations mounted by the local craftsmen. Specifi- cations for models and devices should also be sup- Program. The work of this committee will in- elude organizing companies of amateur players to present the little plays and to make the arrange- ments in connection with speakers and other pro- gram features. In towns where no one is available with experience and ability in staging amateur plays, this feature may be omitted. Press. This committee should make arrange- ments with local editors for the use of material sent out from state headquarters, for invitations to press views of the exhibit, and for other press work. Special Days and Special Group Attendance. This work comprises arrangements for the attendance and entertainment at stated times of invited in- dividuals or groups whose goodwill is considered of prime importance to the success of the mea- siire, such as the members of interested organiza- tions. Attendance of Out-of-town People. Since the ex- hibit will be displayed in only one town and should also reach the county, a committee will be needed whose special responsibility is to work up atten- 180 TWO ILLUSTRATIVE PLANS FOR USING EXHIBITS dance of representative people from all parts of the county outside of the exhibit city. Announcements of Exhibition. Work of this com- mittee should be to give notices both orally and in writing to churches, schools, clubs, Young Men's Christian Associations, Young Women's Christian Associations, and other organizations, and to see that attractive poster notices be attached to bul- letin boards and set in windows. Publicity assignments such as are suggested in Chapter XI, How Will You Advertise Your Ex- hibit? may be added if additional volunteer work- ers can be secured, or they may be lessened or combined according to numbers. The local execu- tive committee will be urged to obtain active par- ticipation in the campaign of the more progressive members of the bar, social workers, women's clubs, chambers of commerce, the police department, city magistrates, and others whose tasks or associations make them able to improve jail conditions. Cost We will suppose that a budget of approximately 15,000, through special contributions, is the amount available for this campaign. This is ex- clusive of the salaries of persons already employed by the organization that has it in hand, and of amounts to be expended in each city to cover local expenses. The following is the estimated distribution of this sum : 181 f THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Exhibit Constructioii: Approximately ? 1,500 to cover items as follows: 24 large panels Material for panel construction Carpenter work Painting Lettering Illustrations Sketches Photographs Maps 6 title signs 12 small panels Material for construction Lettering, etc., as above 6 packing cases 3 fiber telescope suit cases Small panels Supplies for printed matter lool box 2 models Burlap Stage sets Time of exhibit specialist Exhibit Tour: Approximately ^2,500 to cover items as follows: Traveling expenses of director on advance tour, and later with exhibition. Salary and traveling expenses of assistant in charge of exhibit for about sixteen weeks. Postage, multigraphing, telegrams, printing, and onice expense. Storage, express or freight, and repairs on ex- hibit. Out-of-town speakers; their traveling expenses. 182 TWO ILLUSTRATIVE PLANS FOR USING EXHIBITS Exhibit Material for Extension Use : $ l ,000 for this purpose. Set of 25 posters ; with 100 to 200 copies of each. The above estimate assumes that the following items will be paid for by the local committee in each city: Rent, lighting, and heat of exhibition hall. Construction of screens, booths, or other equip- ment needed for the exhibit. Construction of local exhibits, including 12 small panels. Transportation of exhibit — one way. Labor of installation and care of exhibit. Printing of local advertising material. In cities where the hall will probably be given rent free and where volunteers help in the work, the local expense of the exhibition may be kept within a small amount. Under some circumstances it may be desirable to ask local committees to as- sume a larger share of responsibility in financing a campaign than the meeting of the above items, but the state committee will not wish to make its choice of counties dependent on the raising of a fixed sum for local purposes. If more money is raised than is needed in the above plan, it may insure some attractive addi- tional features for the local campaign. FoLLow-up Work At the close of the local campaign before the director leaves the city he will wish to be satisfied 183 'll m I'l THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING that definite plans are worked out for taking ad- vantage of whatever interest may have been aroused, both to push legislation for the proposed state institution and to improve the local jail con- ditions. If the city has not before had a permanent local committee interested in prison reform, one should be formed out of the temporary organization that conducted the campaign. The immediate duties of this permanent committee will be to get in touch with persons and organizations who showed interest in the exhibit and the proposed bill and to see that they send an expression of approval to their representatives. The committee will also ar- range for the extension of publicity work through- out the county, possibly arranging to show the locally prepared exhibit and repeat parts of the program held in its connection with the exhibition in several towns. Another duty will be to keep in- formed about conditions in the local county jail and to follow up the program agreed upon with the state committee for securing urgently needed reforms. Extension of the Campaign As the tour planned will reach only 20 of the counties in the state, its extension into the re- maining counties through other methods is impor- tant. The first step will be to obtain a local com- mittee for a town, a county, or both, wherever a few energetic people can be found who understand the subject matter and who will take a keen enough 184 TWO illustrative plans for using exhibits interest in the movement to carry out plans pro- vided for them. If possible, the campaign director or an active member of the state committee will visit the town or county for consultation. In any case, plans very simple in form and adaptable to local conditions will be sent to each committee from state headquarters. A set of 25 posters reproduc- ing selected panels from the original exhibit will be furnished to each committee at cost of production or less. Press material and printed matter will also be supplied. The extension work in such counties may well be considered as preliminary work to be followed by a campaign of education directed especially to these sections of the state. II. AN EXHIBIT FOR CONTINUOUS EDUCA- TIONAL WORK Topic: Industrial Accidents to Eyes An interesting example of an educational can\- paign that was well planned and well carried out is afforded by an exhibit on Eye Accidents in the Industries made by the National Committee for the Prevention of Blindness. Purpose and Audience The purpose of the campaign was to reduce the appalling number of avoidable accidents to eyes that occur every year in industry. It was believed that this could best be accomplished through an appeal to employers to provide proper safeguards 185 atesr sf THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING and to industrial workers to use them. It was decided that the educational work should be directed largely to the latter. The plan of the committee was to construct an exhibit that could be adapted to many uses and methods of display and that would be capable of wide distribution through printed copies. It therefore prepared a small, carefully thought out exhibit, designed with a particular view to its being reproduced and distributed. Its specific aim was to attract the attention of a large num- ber of industrial workers throughout the coun- try, and to get them to think and talk about the causes of injuries to eyes and the methods of pre- vention. The distribution of the material was nation-wide and continued for months. In fact it is still going on after two years of campaigning. The Exhibit The Content. The aim in selecting the facts was to create the strongest possible impression with the minimum of words and of commands or urging. The case was put before employer and workman simply and convincingly, and it was left to them to decide whether to act upon the information. This information was set forth under five distinct subject headings: I. The great number of avoidable accidents to eyes which occur in industry each year (see opposite page). 1 86 j^ i*ii From a Skilled Workman to a Blind HE TOOK A CHANCE! Lardely because bofh employers and workmen take chances there are nearly 200.000ACCIDENIS TO EVES in United States industries everj^3^ear In one county In Ohio one eve is lost every ele\endavs Doj^ou know the methods for reducing hazaixls in )^our industry orjour trade? Arej^ou using them? N.ition.11 CMnmiHoo for tho Prevent. t.W r ■:-. t >^o,l 51 -...„ v,w k on of Blindness Panel from "Eye Accidents" Series I his is the first in the series of five posters used in the national campaign of education on industrial accidents to eyes, described in this chapter. Another of the series is shown on page 64b. i86a ll THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING and to industrial workers to use them. It was decided that the educational work should be directed largely to the latter. The plan of the committee was to construct an exhibit that could be adapted to many uses and methods of display and that would be capable of wide distribution through printed copies. It therefore prepared a small, carefully thought out exhibit, designed with a particular view to its being reproduced and distributed. Its specific aim was to attract the attention of a large num- ber of industrial workers throughout the coun- try, and to get them to think and talk about the causes of injuries to eyes and the methods of pre- vention. The distribution of the material was nation-wide and continued for months. In fact it IS still going on after two years of campaigning. The Exhibit file Content. The aim in selecting the facts was to create the strongest possible impression with the minimum of words and of commands or urging. The case was put before employer and workman simply and convincingly, and it was left to them to decide whether to act upon the information. This information was set forth under five distinct subject headings: I. The great number of avoidable accidents to tyes which occur in industry each year (see opposite page). i86 i ''} J^ '« From a Skilled Ubrkman loa Blind Beggar HE TOOK A CHANCE! lardely because both emplo)^rs and workmen take chances there arenearl^^ 200.000ACCIDENIS TO EYES in United States industries every j^ear In one county in Ohio one eye is lost every ele\en days Dojou know the methods for reducing hazards in your industry or jour trade? Are^^ou using them? Nat KMia! Commitfoo for (he Prevent ion of Blindness Panel from "Eye Accidents" Series This is the first in the series of five posters used in the national campaign of education on industrial accidents to eyes, described in this chapter. Another of the series is shown on page 64b. i86a i86b TWO ILLUSTRATIVE PLANS FOR USING EXHIBITS 2. The danger of infection from careless methods of removing particles from eyes (see page 64b). 3. Some of the common causes of eye accidents. 4. Goggles as a protection. 5. Good and bad lighting and good and bad use of light. Fonn. The form through which these subjects were displayed consisted of a series of five panels, containing a total of some 20 sketches, one photo- graph, and about 250 words. The panels were probably more heavily worded than desirable, but as they did not often form part of an extensive exhibit it was possible to "put over" more reading matter than might have been the case in a larger display. The panels were made up in a number of sizes adapted to special uses. The originals were of compo-board framed in wood, and were 34 inches wide by 68 inches high. The original set was in colors, a light gray background and dark gray frame forming a setting for lettering in black and red, together with sketches in oil in bright colors. Boxed, the panels weighed 275 pounds.^ Photographic reproductions were printed on India finish paper in several sizes, 18 by 33 inches, 8 by II inches, 5 by 9 inches, and 2 by 3 inches. * An exact reproduction in colors of about one-fourth the size of the originals was ordered for the use of the Bureau of Industrial Welfare of the Detroit Chamber of Commerce. 187 ■Ill ^ o I i86b TWO ILLUSTRATIVE PLANS FOR USING EXHIBITS 2. The danger of infection from careless methods of removing particles from eyes (see page 64b). 3. Some of the common causes of eye accidents. 4. Goggles as a protection. 5. Good and bad lighting and good and bad use of light. Form. The form through which these subjects were displayed consisted of a series of five panels, containing a total of some 20 sketches, one photo- graph, and about 250 words. The panels were probably more heavily worded than desirable, but as they did not often form part of an extensive exhibit it was possible to "put over" more reading matter than might have been the case in a larger display. The panels were made up in a number of sizes adapted to special uses. The originals were of compo-board framed in wood, and were 34 inches wide by 68 inches high. The original set was in colors, a light gray background and dark gray frame forming a setting for lettering in black and red, together with sketches in oil in bright colors. Boxed, the panels weighed 275 pounds.^ Photographic reproductions were printed on India finish paper in several sizes, 18 by 33 inches, 8 by 11 inches, 5 by 9 inches, and 2 by 3 inches. 1 An exact reproduction in colors of about one-fourth the size of the originals was ordered for the use of the Bureau of Industrial Welfare of the Detroit Chamber of Commerce. 187 1 I I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING The larger posters were sent out in mailing tubes, and the smaller ones in manila envelopes. Other forms in which the exhibit was reproduced were slides, and as an insert in a motion-picture film on safety devices; halftones for illustrations m magazines and other periodicals, together with accompanying "story text'' and articles describ- ing methods of preventing accidents. Some of these articles appeared in Hungarian and Italian magazines. Getting the Exhibit Made The exhibit was produced under the direction of the field secretary of the National Committee with the assistance of safety engineers, industrial ex- perts, exhibit specialists, an artist, a commercial letterer, an exhibit maker, and a printer. Before the panels were completed constructive criticism of the copy and illustrations was secured from a number of leaders in work for the prevention of blindness and of physicians and eye specialists. Publicity and Use of Exhibit Four chief methods were employed to obtain a wide circulation of the exhibits : First, the original panels were displayed, as op- portunity offered, at expositions and conventions, such as safety expositions, a convention of the American Public Health Association, the Safety Congress of the National Safety Council, meetings of manufacturers and of other bodies, also in the 188 two illustrative plans for using exhibits windows of large department stores. A sign stated that a set of halftone reproductions of the panels in poster form could be had for 50 cents, and on a table in front of the panels were coin cards which could be used in ordering sets. At present writing the panels are on exhibition at the Museum of Safety, New York. The second method was through articles in about 20 magazines, bulletins, and trade journals de- scribing the exhibit, as well as through many brief paragraphs in newspapers. These were valuable both in securing orders for the panels and in carry- ing the direct message of prevention to employers and workers. In addition, the National Committee issued a reprint, with halftones of the five panels, of an article by its field secretary which had ap- peared in Safety Engineering. The third method was the use of circular letters sent to a carefully selected mailing list. Two form letters, A and B, were experimentally tested, each being posted to about 200 names selected alpha- betically from the mailing list. About 20 per cent of those to whom letter A was sent responded with orders for the posters, while only about 10 per cent responded to letter B. Letter A was therefore adopted as the letter to be sent to 1,500 manufac- turers, with the result that many orders for quan- tity lots were received. The difference in the sell- ing features of these two letters was that with letter A a complete set of the posters was sent for inspec- tion, whereas with letter B a miniature copy of 189 li, liilllii' If THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING one panel was enclosed, soliciting an order for the set triPw 'ti> • A fourth method of distribution was made pos- sible by the co-operation of state departments of labor and industry. In seven states at present writing, the state department or commission of labor sends a printed form to each employer who reports an eye accident, calling attention to the exhibit and enclosing a coin card for the ordering of reproductions of the panels. The department furnishes the letters and postage, and the Com- mittee on Blindness the coin card. Each set of panels was accompanied by direc- tions for its use. It was suggested that one panel at a time be used on a bulletin board unless there was sufficient display space for the entire five to be well shown. Still another way in which the matter was used was in a lecture prepared by the National Com- mittee for the Prevention of Blindness and loaned with the slides to safety directors as a basis for talks to workmen. The set of slides included reproductions of the five exhibit panels. A later plan was to try the experiment of using the panels as the basis of the teaching of English to industrial workers in night schools. As illustrations of valuable co-operation, a dis- tribution of 1,500 copies of the 5 by 9 inch panel was made by the National Safety Council through their regular bulletin service. Twenty-five thou- sand sets of the 8 by 1 1 size were ordered by the I9P TWO ILLUSTRATIVE PLANS FOR USING EXHIBITS * Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry, and 3,000 of the 2 by 3 inch size by the New Jersey Department of Health for use in pay envelopes. In addition to these orders by the hundred, a steady stream of single orders continues to pour into the offices of the committee. Cost The cost of the original set of panels was ii!25o; of the first 3,300 posters of the 18 by 33 inch size, JJ586.23; and of 2,500 of the 5 by 9 size, $60. The whole cost of producing posters to fill the two largest orders was met by the organizations order- ing them. As already indicated, a charge of 50 cents was made for a single set of the large posters. Other prices were in proportion, with a considerable re- duction in price for quantity lots. To date, the sales have covered less than 50 per cent of the cost of production and advertising, but the committee has had the use of a remarkably inexpensive method of carrying on a very wide- spread propaganda. 191 1 1 4 !f 3 ■11 # hi •Ki l!» APPENDIX A THE BASIS OF THE EXHIBIT BUDGET A LIST of the kinds of service and materials required for an exhibit or exhibition may be made up from the items enumerated below. As suggested in Chapter Xni, How Much May We Spend, in few if any exhibits will all the items below be needed. The list has been made compre- hensive so that it may be used to check the material and ser- vices likely to be needed in almost any kind of exhibit project. I. Exhibits Services of Specialist in exhibit subject matter Exhibit specialist Exhibit designer Workshop for assembling and making the exhibit Rent Light Telephone Heat Cleaning Preparation and making Panels and signs ^ Wallboard or other material for background Frames Standards Packing boxes Construction Bolts and other hardware Painting wallboard and frames Lettering Sketches or other illustrations Photographs Originals Enlargements Mounting * Signs for titles of booths, directions, labels for objects. 195 II i \ THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Rented or borrowed exhibits Rental Express, postage, or freight Models or moving devices Materials— wood, cardboard, or papier mkM Construction Electrical supplies Electrical work Slides Objects to be used in demonstrations 11. Exhibition, Construction, and Equipment Services for Supervision of installation Construction materials Lumber for Booths Railings for booths and aisle divisions Partitions Platforms Shelves Burlap, muslin, wallboard or paper for covering tempo- rary framework Hardware Paint Construction work; services of Carpenters Painters Helpers Otber installation Cartage to and from exhibition Wiring for Additional lighting of hall Special exhibits Piping for Running water for cooking demonstrations or lunch room Additional gas fixtures Equipment other than exhibits Furniture; tables and chairs for Rest room Playhouse Meeting room Booths 196 THE BASIS OF THE EXHIBIT BUDGET Motion pictures Machine Booth Films Stereopticon Piano Stage curtain Other stage properties Operation Rent Light Heat Service Janitor "Handy man" for repairs Ticket seller Doortender Matron for cloak room Matron for rest room Night watchman Operator for motion pictures or stereopticon HI. Administration and Promotion Office \m Rent Light Heat Janitor service Telephone Furniture Supplies Drinking water Towel service Services Adviser Director Floor manager Publicity director Office secretary Stenographers Office boy or girl 197 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Operation Postage for Administrative business Committee notices Special invitations Announcements or requests to special mailing Multigraphing or mimeographing Advertising Telegraph Telephone Messenger service Incidental expenses Pdntizig and engraving Stationery Preliminary leaflet for mailing Advance program or leaflet Car cards Window cards Billboard posters Street car cards Wagon and automobile placards or pennants Poster stamps Tags and stickers Emblem-engraved in several sizes for printed matter Exhibition program and guide book Insert slips Cards of invitation •98 APPENDIX B OUTLINES FOR COMMITTEE WORK AT a number of points in this book the desirability of /\ using volunteer committees in exhibit work has been X V. pointed out. Considerable experience with such com- mittees has led to the conclusion that the best results will be secured if there are enough committees so that each need not be assigned many tasks, and if all are given as definite instruc- tions as possible regarding what they are expected to do and the method of going about it. As a suggestion to those who may wish to use committees in getting a part at least of their exhibit work done, eight committee outlines covering a variety of types of work have been selected from some 40 which were used in preparing and producing the Springfield Survey ex- hibition and in connection with several other exhibitions; they are presented in slightly abbreviated form, as follows: t I. COMMITTEE ON SPECIAL DAYS tVork of the Committee This committee should arrange for groups of people to come to the exhibition at specified times to be advertised as "special days," and also for the holding of regular or special meetings of organizations at the exhibition. Methods of the Committee A certain day — morning, afternoon, or evening — or a par- ticular hour of the day or evening may be announced (ar- rangements having been made beforehand) as the time when the members of a certain organization, institution, occupation, neighborhood, or nearby town, will attend. This does not necessarily mean a promise that they will all attend. It means rather that the leaders or representatives have agreed 199 i i: )t THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING S SLt^'IT""' ^r '"" "^'■'" "'•y "^ hour and will tor to interest their people m coming at that time Tlie day need not be exclusive for one group.' As in an ex- F«.no„. .here may be a number of "sp'eciardays'' o^a" The special days committee may also cooperate with com- ^llTJ^^^'V^" """"'^ ""'' *°*"* *"«^''Je of the county, sotto specified days may be arranged and announced for them! rivTr!! T^ '' arrangements would be scheduled and pven to the papers as a part of the regular daily program ^T"""^""'' ^"' •=*'" °'8»"i"fon could be made through c<>operatmg committees representing each organiza- non m all matters pertaining to the exhibition, or tSrZh some member or officer of the organization. Sptciai Sessions h^,^! ^ *'"' """'^ "nportant societies which could e^hSl^n ^r*^^ ^''^"■'" °' -«"'" --" --'"^^ « t-e The session could include: r J; .f ,i""'*!*^"' afternoon tea, or dinner, served at a low Z^^, ' ^"^^"^^"^ ^^ '^^'' -- ^" — tion with .rtut' ^"^"^ '''*'^.'''' ^° ^^"^ «'*^"P *^y * representative of the executive committee of the exhibition, which could bring before the group some of the ways in which they might help to fomard the improvements called for in the exhibiffon the cllT""' '''"'''" ""^ '*"' ^^^^^ "^^'y'^ ^^ held in the committee room or a small auditorium. 4^ An arrangement whereby guides might personally con- duc^ any who so desired through the exhibits ^ exhTbhL -"k? K *''" '" ''^^^ ^ '"^^^^^'"S ^' »""^heon at the spec^ days, it is suggested that a subcommittee of the spe- most worth-while societies to arrange for meetings. 200 OUTLINES FOR COMMITTEE WORK Membership of the Committee The committee should be made up of people interested in various institutions, organizations, and occupations, but it need not include direct representation of the many groups to be invited. Division of fVork Each member of the committee might be assigned to such groups of organizations or to individual churches or clubs as he might select. Lists of these organizations and institutions prepared by the committee on directory of organizations would be available at the headquarters of the exhibition. Many dates for the meetings of societies, at which invita- tions could be given out. should be on record at the exhibition office. • II. CENSUS OF "USEFUL" PEOPLE IVork of the Committee This committee should prepare a classified card catalogue of individuals to be used in making up committees, in securing volunteer helpers, and in carrying on promotion work. Many persons who would willingly give some service to the exhibition are likely to be overlooked when committees are made up unless some such convenient guide or reference is at hand, and many others will be likely to respond to the appeal of the campaign and become useful workers, to the surprise of skeptical committee members. Methods of the Committee The necessary information may be obtained from well^ informed individuals and from other sources that will differ in various communities. It should be secured about leaders in organizations and institutions, in neighborhoods, in the trades or professions, and in any and all the main walks of life; about people interested in special topics or ideas, such as health or playgrounds, and about people with special kinds of training. 301 $1^ THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING such as artists, electrical engineers, advertising specialists wnters, and others. These lists should be made up irrespective of the known or supposed interest or lack of interest of the people in the exhibition. A separate card for each individual should as far as possible give the following items: Name Address— indicating whether residence or business; give both if easily possible Clubs. lodges, societies (one or more), church, with which he or she is connected Mention of special interests or field of influence in the community Telephone numbers The Census of Useful People should be ready for use at the time when the committees are being made up. However, addi- tions may be made from time to time until the close of the exhibition campaign. The taking of a census of useful people offers good material for a newspaper story. People may be invited through the newspapers to register with the committee and state how they can and will serve. This publicity paves the way for the invitation to become a committee member, that will be sent out later. Member ship of the Committee It should include several persons who are willing to devote time and care to making accurate lists. The members should Slited rml^^^^^^^ 'T '""'* "'""P '" ^'^ con^muniiy. aoggestea members may be: A woman active socially Lodge member Trade union official Church leader Society editor on one of the newspapers One or two persons well acquainted in the county 202 OUTLINES FOR COMMITTEE WORK HI. COMMITTEE ON OFFICE HELPERS Work of the Committee This committee should arrange for volunteers to assist in carrying on the routine work of the directing staff or com- mittee at the exhibition office. Methods of the Committee Helpers will be needed for addressing, stamping, and sealing envelopes, making lists, clipping newspapers, copying records, writing notices of meetings, reading copy, adding addresses and telephone numbers to lists of names, securing information for office use, receiving visitors to the office, answering the telephone, arranging printed matter for distribution, and many other kinds of service. From the time that the director of the exhibition is in charge of the active campaign, one or more volunteers should be available every day. They should work consecutively for three or four hours in the morning or afternoon, and the ser- vice should continue throughout the period of the exhibition. The committee should prepare a schedule of volunteers who would agree to serve, and an emergency list of those who might be called upon if an unusual rush of work occurs. A member of the committee should be in charge at the exhibition office every morning and afternoon to oversee the work of these volunteer helpers. Membership of the Committee It should consist of a chairman and five or six members in addition to the helpers for each day's work. Division of Work One arrangement that should bring satisfactory results would be to distribute the six working days in the week among committee members, each member being responsible for sup- plying the volunteers on a given day. 203 1 THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING IV. COUNTY CX)MMITTEE fVork of the Committee This committee should endeavor to have co-operating com- mittees appointed in towns, villages, and townships through- out the county, which would arrange for meetings, special days, and the distribution of literature. Methods of the CommiUee The county committee should utihze the Sunday schools Churches Granges Institutes Schools Individuals influential in any part of the county The committee may work in co-operation with the commit- tees on special days and excursions. It might secure modest sums both from the county government and from individuals to be utilized in special promotion work in the county. Membership of the Committees It should be made up of men and women who are fairly well acquamted with the people of the county through official business, or social relations and who are interested and ener- getic enough to develop cooperating organizations among the leaders in different sections>f the county. The members may be: Business men— as bankers and merchants Members of women's organizations County officials School officials and others Division of fVork It would be most practicable for each member of the com- mittee to indicate the sections of the county or the groups of people with which he or she could work to the best advantage. 204 OUTLINES FOR COMMITTEE WORK If funds are to be raised for propaganda in the county, a sub-committee may be needed. V. INFORMATION COMMITTEE Work of the Committee This committee should manage the information booth and assist in supervision of the workers who take part in the ex- hibition itself. Methods of the Committee The administration headquarters during the exhibition week may be the information booth near the entrance to the hall. Out-of-town visitors should be requested to register here, and all who come on duty for any purpose should like- wise register and receive their badges here, including: Explainers Ushers Guides Policemen Firemen Doorkeepers Messengers Attendants Stereopticon operator Office helpers Stenographic aid, and possibly The janitors Almost everything anyone wants — wants to know, wants to do, or wants to have done — should be first reported to the information desk, where it may be disposed of on the spot or passed on to the proper official by messenger, telephone, or memorandum. Packages brought into the hall while the exhibition is open should also be received here. The work at the information desk would be facilitated by the following: 205 1l III THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Blueprints of the hall indicating stations for ushers and other people Cards and pencils for registration of out-of-town guests Railway time tables and other information helps for visitors and workers A bulletin board on which could be posted the names of doctors, nurses, and others who wished to in- dicate their presence or whose whereabouts it would be desirable to make known Schedules of explainers and all other helpers who were expected to be on duty in the hall Details of current and future events and activities Membership of the Committee The committee should consist of five or six women who would be ready to spend part or all of each day at the exhibi- tion while It remains open. Division of Work The schedule of work of the committee should be so planned that from early morning until the closing hour at night one Of the members or a member of the executive committee would be m charge of the desk, with such assistants as might be nec- essary from time to time. VI. CONSTRUCTION COMMITTEE Work of the Committee This committee should obtain estimates and place contracts for the mounting board and lumber used in making panels frames, booths, and railings and for the work of carpenters' painters, and general utility men. Methods of the Committee With the exhibit specialist it should figure out estimates of the material needed and the work involved, together with the specifications. The committee should obtain as contributions as much 206 OUTLINES FOR COMMITTEE WORK material as possible, and should expect to place many of the contracts or orders on a non-profit making basis. It is suggested that signed contracts or agreements be re- quired for all large orders, specifying Exact rate of charge Exactly what will be done or furnished Date when contract will be carried out It is important to have written agreements regarding gifts and concessions in rates, since misunderstandings may easily arise from more or less indefinite ofi"ers of service, materials, and concessions. Membership of the Committee It might include a general contractor, an architect, a con- tracting painter, a business man, and possibly an officer of a carpenter's union. Vll. COMMITTEE ON USHERS Work of the Committee This committee should have charge of the selection and supervision of all ushers and messengers for the exhibition. Methods of the Committee Ushers Ushers should be stationed at the entrance, exits, and at all points where it is desirable to direct visitors in order to keep the movement of the crowd in a given direction. They should also be stationed at points where special at- tractions are likely to draw crowds and block the aisles. The groups of ushers might be made up as follows: Morning session, young women of leisure who would assist in the care of school children. Afternoon session, high school boys. Evening session, young men who might come in groups, each group made up from a military com- pany, a club, class, or business house. 207 I. tt : ■ ji '• ^ lil 'f,. , THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING One meeting of ushers to explain plans and arouse a sense of responsibility will be helpful. There is a great advantage m having the same ushers serve as many times as possible, as their best training comes through actual experience at the exhibition. Messengers Boys and girls to act as messengers and to perform various kinds of services can be of great assistance to the information committee and the directing staff. During each afternoon and evening session, there should be three messengers on duty two assigned to the information desk and one to the director's office. This service might well be performed by Boy Scouts and Camp Fire Giris. Members of the Commitiee The committee should consist of a chairman and six mem- bers, including a woman who could secure the coK)peration of young women of leisure, leaders of Boy Scouts and Camp Fire Giris, teachers from the high school, and an officer of a mili- tary company or league. Dimsion of IVork It might be convenient to divide the committee into three gfoups to be in charge of the arrangements for ushers and messengers for the morning, afternoon, and evening sessions. It will be desirable for the committee to be personally ren- resented at each session. VIII. COMMITTEE ON DIRECTORY OF ORGANIZATIONS M^ork cf the Committee This committee would prepare a directory or card catalogue of organizations of all kinds to be used in the promotion work to making up committees and in securing volunteer helpers. ' Methods of the Commitiee The necessary information for the directory of organizations may be obtained from the city directory, the classi led section 208 OUTLINES FOR COMMITTEE WORK of the telephone book, well-informed individuals, and any other sources, the latter differing as the communities differ. This directory should include church societies, civic and social welfare organizations and institutions, athletic, social, and literary clubs— in fact, any organized group in the city or county formed for any useful purpose. The progress of the exhibition campaign will make clear the varied uses to be made of the list, which should be as inclusive as possible. At the end of this outline are given the headings under which the local organizations might be grouped. Probably not all of the headings given will be represented in your city, but the list may help you to discover many organizations and institutions not generally known to exist in the city. The committee may well have in mind that most locally published lists of organizations are incomplete or not up to date. As far as possible they should be verified before being included in the card directory of the committee. The directory of organizations should be ready for use at the time when the committees are being made up. However, additions may be made from time to time until the close of the exhibition campaign. Membership of the Committee The members of this committee should include several per- sons who are willing to devote time and care to making accu- rate lists. Suggested members may be: A member of the library staff The society editor on one of the newspapers One or two persons well acquainted with the county Suggested Grouping of Organisations 1. Unclassified 2. State associations 3. National associations— state branches 4. Agriculture, horticulture, and the like 5. Arts and andicraft 14 209 %u 6. 7. a 10. II. 13. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 2o. 29. 30. 31- 32. 33- 34. 35. 36. 37- THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Boys and girls (under various headings) Building and loan, and mutual benefit Charitable, relief, and benevolent societies Institutions for dependent, defective, delinquent, and diseased Milk commissions and other health bodies and institu- tions Churches Church societies — men, women, young people, boys, girls Interdenominational church societies. Christian associa- tions Unions of church societies— denominational, interdenomi- national Civic and public welfare associations Civic and public welfare— children Commercial and industrial — employers Employes, labor unions Employes, municipal and governmental Women's auxiliaries to employes' organizations Literary clubs — men Literary clubs — women Literary clubs — ^young people Libraries and library associations Military and naval Musical clubs, bands, orchestras, choirs Patriotic — men Patriotic — ^women Patriotic — children Professional — men and women Political, suffrage Schools, public, private, commercial, professional, kin- dergartens Student societies, clubs, fraternities School and college alumnae associations School teachers Educational Secret orders— men 210 OUTLINES FOR COMMITTEE WORK 38. Secret orders — women 39. Lodge bands and uniform ranks 40. Social — men 41. Social — ^women 42. Social— young people 43. Sports, athletics, gymnastics 44. City officials 45. County officials 46. State officials 47. United States officials 211 ■■I ■il i ill APPENDIX C STAMFORD BABY WEEK EXHIBIT THE following outline of the Stamford (Conn.) Baby Week Exhibit is reprinted from Baby Week Campaigns (revised edition). Children's Bureau, U. S. Department of Labor, pp. 47-48: (All exhibits were displayed in shallow booths with a railing across the front. Labels for each article were well lettered and Itrge enough to be easily read.) ' I. Prenakd care, (Space 7 by 10 feet.) Display of equip- ment and clothing needed for mother and baby at time of birth. Panels, Prenatal Care; Midwives; Care at Birth. Leaflets on prenatal care distributed. Stamped post cards addressed to Children's Bureau re- questing pamphlet on Prenatal Care were sold for one cent. 2. Bathing the hahy. (Space 7 by 10 feet.) Equipment for baby's bath, including cupboard with shelf for soap, a cheap box for baby's clothing, an inexpensive and attractive basket fitted up with toilet articles, towels, table, and tub. Demon- strations given, using doll and part of the time a real baby. The nurse in charge did not merely go through the motions, but bathed the doll or the baby and dressed it. Water was warmed on the gas range in the adjoining booth. Panel, Bathing the Baby. 3. Filing the hahy, (Space 7 by 14 feet.) Booth equipped with stove, table, home-made ice box, home-made fireless cooker, an equipment for modifying milk, and a washstand. A washbowl such as is used in a bathroom was placed on a standard made by the carpenter, with a shelf at the top upon STAMFORD BABY WEEK EXHIBIT which was placed a 5 or 10 gallon oil can with a faucet; under- neath was pkced a pail as large as the can to catch the water from the bowl. Demonstrations were given by a nurse in modifying milk, accompanied by brief talks on baby feeding. Panels, Mother's Milk; The Best Substitute; Feeding the Baby. 4. Sleeping. (Space 7 by 16 feet.) The booth contained an out-door sleeping box attached to the window, a basket with a doll baby to be set in the window box, a sleeping-out ham- mock, baby bed, pen, and good and bad baby carriages. All the articles except the baby carriages had been made by a carpenter under directions and were inexpensive. The demonstrators went into much detail in explaining the use of the equipment, hours for sleeping, and so forth. Panels, The Baby Asleep; Fresh Air and Exercise for the Baby. 5. Things good and had for the hahy, (Space 7 by 10 feet.) A long table was divided into three parts by strips of tape. The center division contained a large number of unassorted articles, and the empty spaces at either side were labeled, respectively, "Things good for the baby," and "Things bad for the baby." The articles included a pacifier, a soothing-sirup bottle, a celluloid device for the baby's thumbs, a pickle, sausage, cake; bottles labeled and containing tea, coffee, beer, and water; a banana, a toy bed with baby sleeping alone and another with baby sleeping with mother, a rubber diaper, a good nursing bottle, the wrong kind of nursing bottle. The explainer gathered a group of spectators and then called on them to tell her in which of the two spaces (for good or bad) each article belonged. After all the articles had been sorted into the right spaces, with proper explanations, they were jumbled together again into the central space, ready for the next crowd. Panel, Things to Avoid. 6. Clothing for the hahy. (Space 7 by 20 feet.) The clothing 313 . II 14 1i THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING t^VZVr'''1 'I? "'^'^^"^"^ ''^''' ^'^'•^h sent show cases, standards, and tables. Patterns for simple garment. rC^JfT" r "" '7 °"^ -"* each'^A Cfble m«eriri /n^h •■■ ' ,"^' ""'' *°'""" *^^^ '"^'"^d t° bring was for in ' '* '"'^°' "■"•" "* '^' ''°°">. The clothinf nais were displayed on cards. Panel. Qothing for the Baby. .InL'^f ^*"'"* ''^■^''"^'-The conference was carried out aS fea'turelf'iff '' '^ '""^ '''""'^^"'' bureau, with the ^e vear tn ? ^ '"""'JT'"™' ^°"*^* ^°^ babies under one year, to continue until September. Children up to six years were examined. *^ * In Stamford the committee was especially fortunate in having a space excellently adapted to a baby-health confer- ence directly across the hall from the baby exhibit TWs in t^:o7^^^' -".dressing room, and'large rL^aL" 60 by 30 feet) for examinations. The large room was divided by wire scrwn .„to examination and audience rooms, of rh^H ' '^*.W.-As it was decided to include welfare Ik stlZ ? "'■°°' T '" '"^ ^<^-«-^' work of the Tbtts ChMH "^"^'^ ^' *'' '^'""'"^ *° *''e following T,^ : ,^^'''''^"* g^-nes. especially home occupations to SIX years; the Dontcare home; the Docare home- the milk supply; the Children's Home Society; a dentaTc'linic 214 APPENDIX D AN EXAMPLE OF AN EXPLAINER'S TALK THE following story with many variations to fit the oc- casion, which was told by an explainer of the good and bad kitchens in the New Britain child welfare ex- hibit of several years ago, may have suggestions to those who desire to work out interesting interpretations of exhibit material: "This is the home of the Dontcares and all the Dontcare family; in the first place, Mr. Dontcare really doesn't care, and so does not bring home a full pay envelope and after he gets home he never does a thing to help. He never mends the chairs, nor the stove, nor the sink, and he does not care how badly torn the wall paper gets. His wife is discouraged and so she does not care either; she does not black the stove or clean the kettles, nor sweep the floor, or put away the food, or train the children. She does not care about the wall paper either, so she stands the mop wrong side up and makes a bad, wet place on the wall. She keeps her tub always out in the middle of the floor as if she were about to wash, but neither the roller towel, the dish towels, nor the children's clothes look as if they had ever been washed. Jimmie Dontcare hangs his hat up on the floor and his coat on the table next the bread, and the baby throws its crackers on the floor for it belongs to the Dontcare family. Mr. and Mrs. Dontcare started housekeeping with the same number of articles as did Mr. and Mrs. Docare next door, and they spent just about the same amount of money, but you see there is a great difi'erence in the two homes. ** For this is where the Docares live. Father always brings home his pay envelope; he likes to tinker things around the 215 I II II iSiiiii 'i: T I THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING renlTr '"o "° h'^T 'T''' '=''"'" ""'* *"'''« ^"^ «°ve in good Soff 1 h'' ^'i^"'"' '""^ ^ P°* °^ "ght paint and SS.t VK ^"^^ *'" P'P"" '"PP''^-^ ''y 'he landlord, re- JZTX Tk .' .'""* °^ ''""" P"'"'- •* ««t only 63 cents Tot the' win ' "\'°: *'^ •"""^^' ""^ ='ft«^ that mL La2 kept the walls washed and spotless. She hangs up her Dots and kettles when she is through with them and keeps her w^h n/i™"''*^ """l 'T '^ •""^"^'^ ^"-^ "- towels wXd torklTonrT "^""^ L' "•^^'^^ '^f* "°™''' ='"<» when her work ,s done she covers the table with a clean bright cloth that improves the looks of the kitchen wonderfully. In p a e ^Llfrt^'""'' "I!" *°*'' ^"^ "^^ -""'"^ paper toJr trmuc?^rh;"r ^""''/'' "'' "P °" *"«' """^ ^'^ he cares n nX, ^ ^°'"!' '."'' ^°" "^y ^ *"^« he likes to stay Z^ Mr"^ ""i J?"^ ?'""=^ '°' '"^ ^«"» « -'ways s^ Soufof^«' Hv" ""?? ''"''''''"' t° «« the most good out of the expenditure of their money, so Mr Docare made a tireless cooker that cost less than fc but saves iSem ma^ny a quarter m the gas meter and gives them wSm" t.T'"'" '^^ ^f ''•'*'"'' *'°"8 in the exhibit you will come to the outs.de of the houses of the Dontcares and cL^^" •nsil •'■" M^' r."" '"1 :!"''" """^•^ "^^ '"e good kitchen inside. —Mrs. Labaree, of New Britain. 216 BIBLIOGRAPHY A BRIEF list of titles of accessible books, pamphlets, and magazine articles treating some phase of the topics discussed in this volume follows. The printed matter on exhibit work is not extensive, a large part of it consisting of news articles chronicling the holding of exhibits and expo- sitions and of brief descriptions of the events as such. While the list is not aimed to be inclusive, it will give some indication as to what material is available. American Medical Association. Council on health and public instruction. Catalogue of public health cartoons. 53 pp. Chicago. The Association, 19 14. American Social Hygiene Association. Social Hygiene, Home, and Community. 30 pp. New York. The Association. Ayres, May. Educational Exhibit of Greenwich, Conn. (In American City, vol. 7, pp. 102-06, August 1912.) Braddock, J. H. Efficiency Value of the Budget Exhibit. (In Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, vol. 41, pp. 151-57, May 1912.) Brinton,W.C. Graphic Methods for Presenting Facts. 370 pp. New York. Engineering Magazine Company, 19 14. (Works management library.) Brooklyn. Bureau of Charities, Department of Social Better- ment. Five playlets, by H. D. Jenkins. 31 pp. Brook- lyn. The Bureau. Burchard, E. L. "Playing Up" a City's Most Valuable Asset. (In American City, vol. 12, pp. 18-20, January 1915.) Chicago Tuberculosis Exhibit. (In Bulletin of the Chicago Tuberculosis Institute. Series 2, No. 7, October i, 1914.) 217 i THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Ctobb, Pwdval, and others. Festivals and Plays in Schools and Elsewhere. 403 pp. New York. Harper, 1912 *^m ^°^K"*•• ^^^ ^y *^'^"^ '"="«"« « the Peoria ua!v T^aUT ^'" ^"""^'y- ^°'- "• PP- 37>-73, Jan- Dunon 6. A. "Home-Made" City Planning Exhibit and Its Results^ (,„ American City. vol. .5'pp. 3^ 78, October 1916.) Dearholt, H. E Adequate Educational Campaign; with Discussion. (In National Tuberculosis As^iation I ransactions. 1912, pp. 289-98.) Educational Exhflrition Co., Providence. R. I. Educational Exhibitions. 103 pp. Providence. The Company, 19,4. Hall, S. R, Writing an Advertisement. 216 pp. Bos- ton. Houghton, 1915. aWlingworth, H. L. Advertising and Selling. 3,4 np New York. Appleton, 1913. ^ 4 pp. toemational Harrester Company of New Jersey. Agricul- tural Extension Department, P. G. Holden, director mSl" r-l"'""' ^!"*"' ''"'^ ^^''"'' (miscellaneous material). Chicago. Harvester Building. lAuJsay, VacheL Father Springfield in the Mirror; survey and exhibition of Springfield. III., under direction of Russell Sage Foundation, with local and national co- operation (In Survey, vol. 33, pp. j.fr-.s. December 19. 1914.) Moree, E. A. Public Health Publicity: The Art of Stimu- oul.'"„f lT'"3 ^u""' ^P'"'""- ('" American Journal of Public Health, vol. 6, pp. 97-108, 269-83 38i-4or. 497-5 IJ, 730-43, February-May. July 19,6.) ' National Aasodation for the Study and Prevention of TObti^ ^rPIav??h" "t?'''^; 1"'""'''^ The Association. h«UK i^ ^"""^ '■ '■"^ *° "'^ P'^y^ '■" public health education. 4 pp. New York. The Association 318 ^mtmm BIBLIOGRAPHY National Child Welfare Association, Inc. Children's year campaign. (In Child Welfare Graphic, vol. i, pp. 1-24, February 19 18.) New York. Publications containing illustrations of exhibits. National Child Welfare Exhibit Association, Inc. Baby book. New York. The Association. Childhood and Health. 31 pp. New York. The Association, 191 7. National "Clean Up and Paint Up" Campaign Bureau, St. Louis, Mo. Campaign plans and publications (miscel- laneous material). « National Committee of Patriotic Societies. Battle in This Country; Fighting Germany with Printer's Ink, by Edward Harding. 15 pp. Washington. The Com- mittee. How to Put in Patriotic Posters the Stuff that Makes People Stop— Look— Listen, by Matlack Price and Horace Brown. 15 pp. Washington. The Committee. National Conference of Tuberculosis Secretaries. Report of the committee on exhibits. 17 pp. Reprint: National Association for the Study and Prevention of Tuberculosis. Transactions of tenth annual meeting. Newark (N. J.) Museum Association. Educational Value of Museums, by Louise Connolly. 70 pp. Newark. The Association. New York (City). Charity Organization Society. Campaign of education through advertising. 6 pp. New York. The Society, 19 17. New York Social Hygiene Society. Health Exhibit for Men, by F. J. Osborne. 25 pp. New York. The Society, 191 7. Panama-Pacific International Exposition, San Francisco, 1915. New York City's exhibit at the Panama-Pacific Inter- 219 f:, > \\ Ui 'if THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING national Exposition, San Francisco. 1915; report of the chairman of the sub-committee in charge. ^6 pp. New York. The City, 1916. Wmmma^ F. A. Principles of Advertising Arrangement. 127 pp. New York. Prang, 191 2. Pnmsyhanli^ Health, State Department of. Pennsylvania Department of Health Exhibit at the Panama-Pacific International Exposition. (Pennsylvania Health Bulle- tin, January 19 16.) Pbiladelpliia. Baby Saving Show. Report of the Philadel- phia baby saving show, with the proceedings of the con- ference on infant hygiene. Horticultural Hall, Philadel- phia, May 18-26, 19 12. 270 pp. Philadelphia. Execu- tive committee, 19 13. Milk Show. Report of the Philadelphia milk show. its organization and management, and a description of the exhibits, edited by A. E. Post. 123 pp. Philadel- phia. Executive committee, 1911. ]l^ey,W.Z. Races of Europe. A sociological study. 624 pp. New York. Appleton, 1899. Graphic methods of making maps illustrated in this. Boittzahii, E. G. "Good Fare, Good Care and Fresh Air for Every Pittsburgh Baby." (In American City, vol. 13, pp. 415-18, November 19 15.) RiisaeU Sage Foundation. Department of Surveys and Ex- hibits. Chicago patriotic food show, by M. S. Routzahn. 7 pp. New York. The Foundation, 1918 (publication SEjo). Effective Exhibition of a Community Survey. Brief description of the Springfield Survey exhibition. 8 pp. New York. The Foundation, 191 5 (publication SE18). Scott, W.D. Psychology of Advertising. Newed. 280 pp. Boston. Small, 191 7. m - BIBLIOGRAPHY Sherbow, Benjamin. Making Type Work. 129 pp. New York. Century Co., 19 16. Starch, Daniel. Advertising; Its Principles, Practice and Technique. 281 pp. New York. Scott, 19 14. Stelzle, Charles. Principles of Successful Church Adver- tising. Ed. 2. 172 pp. New York. Revell, 1908. Storey, C. J. Use of Models in a Sanitation Exhibit. (In New York State Department of Health. Monthly bulletin, vol. 8, pp. 327-28, November 19 13.) Technique of Public Statistical Exhibits. (In quar- terly publications of the American Statistical Associa- tion. N. S. No. 105, vol. 14, pp. 49-53, March 1914.) Swarts, Jr., G. T. Notes on the Use of Pin Maps and Charts by Health Officers. 23 pp. Providence. Educational Exhibition Co., 1917. United States. Agriculture, Department of. Community Fair,byJ.S. Moran. 11 pp. Washington. Government, 1917. (Farmers' bulletin 870.) Children's Bureau. Baby Week Campaigns, Sug- gestions for Communities of Various Sizes. 64 pp. Washington. Government, 191 5. (Bureau publication No. 15.) Revised edition. 152 pp. 191 7. Child Welfare Exhibits; Types and Prepara- tion, by A. L. Strong. 58 pp. Washington. Government, 191 5. (Bureau publication No. 14.) Education, Bureau of. Educational Exhibits at the Panama-Pacific International Exposition, San Francisco, Cal., 191 5, by W. C. Ryan, Jr. 113 pp. Washington. Government, 1916. (Bulletin, 19 16, No. i.) — Food Administration. Graphic Exhibits on Food Conservation at Fairs and Expositions. 52 pp. Wash- ington. Food Administration, 191 7. — Rural and Agricultural Education at the Panama-Pa- cific International Exposition, by H. W. Foght. 1 12 pp. 221 i tammm iji'lHIi' ill THE A B C OF EXHIBIT PLANNING Washington. Government, 1917. (Bulletin, 1916, No. 2.) Upson, L. D. Value of Municipal Exhibits. (In National Municipal Review, vol. 4, pp. 6$-^, January 191 5.) Viiiliiia. Public Instruction. Department of. County School Fairs in Virginia. Ed. 2. 58 pp. Richmond. The State, 1915- Winslow, C.-E. A. Organizing a State Campaign of Pub- lic Health Education. (In American Journal of Public Health, vol. 6, pp. 805-13, August 1916.) Young Men's Christian Association, International Commit- tee Industrial department. Thrift exhibit; campaign plans and campaign material (miscellaneous material). New York, Association Press. For numerous descriptive articles and illustrations of exhibits and campaigns, see files of: American City. The Survey. INDEX 333 11 INDEX Addresses: speakers, and stere- opticon talks, 77, 84; travel- ing campaign program, 175- 176 Administration: See Organiza- tion Advantages of Exhibits: new methods, 17-19 Advertising: devices, illus- trated, 136a; mediums, 141- 142; printed matter illus- trated, 136b; programs, 142; publicity methods, 133-136, 141-142; skilful designing, 122; successful methods, 133- 136. See also Publicity Agricultural Exhibits: Inter- national Harvester Co., mate- rial by, 218; publications and government bulletins, 218, 219, 220, 221 American City: campaign ar- ticles in, 217, 218, 220, 222 American Medical Associa- tion: public health cartoons, 217 American Museum of Natural History: public health ex- hibit, 44, 45 American Museum of Safety: industrial welfare exhibit, 44 American Social Hygiene As- sociation: pamphlet publica- tion by, 217; platform ex- hibits, 49-50 American Tuberculosis Exhi- bition: traveling campaign, '39 ■ ■ • ■ , f Appropriate Material: bud- get for, 195-198; exhibit con- tent, 53, 54; sources of in- formation, 60-62; tests of, S4-S9 Arrangement of Exhibits: demonstration space, 94-95; floor plan, 89, 99-100; group- ing, 91-94, 98d; harmony of scheme, 90-91 Arrangement of Material: decorations, 97; one-way plan, 97-98; range of vision, 93; sequence of ideas, 90; space allotment, 98-99 Assembling: exhibit director, 122; specialists on construc- tion, 120 Audiences: classification, 24- 27; eye accidents in industry, 185-186; forms that interest, 63-88; groups to reach, 5-6, 7-8, 18, 56; illustrative plans, 168-169, 185-186; selecting, 2iy24, 56; traveling cam- paigns, 168-169; visualizing, 1-3. 27, 55-56, 121 Ayres, May: educational pub- lication by, 217 Baby Health Conferences: examination by physicians, 82-83 Baby Week Campaigns: govern- ment publications, 221; Na- tional Child Welfare Associa- tion publications, 219, 221; plan outlined, 7-9; reports on exhibits, 219, 220; Stam- INDEX fonl czbiMl, outline of, ais- 314; wincioir display for, 46 Bmid, G. M. p.: scene fiom a play by, 86b BnuoGKAPHY: publication ref- erences, 217-122 Booths: arrangement in travel- ing eihibit, 174; baby weelL edoibit, 212-214; contrasting eiiiibits, 36b, S4a, 5)ob, 90c, 05, i86b; imormation, 30c; material, arrangement of, 91- 93; opportunities in, at faiis, 43 Boy Scouts: group demonstm- tion, 80; messenger service, 308 BiADDOCK, J. H.: publication on budget efficiency, 217 BmnoN, W. C: presentation aetliods, 317 BuDGBiS: community exhibi- tion, 164; cost of traveling can^Kiign, 165, 181-183; de- tenmning expenditures, 159- 166, 181-183^ 191; educa> tional campaign costs, 191; exhibit costs, examples of, 163- 164, 181-183, 291 f mistakes m planning, 164—165; service matenals, list of kinds, 195-198; traveling exhibits, 163 Bulletin Boards: poster for, 73a. See also Advertising BuiCHASD, E. L.: publication liy, 317 By-Pioducts: co-operative re- lations, 30 Camp Fike Girls: group dem- onstration, 80; messenger ser- vice, 308 Cartoons : e£fective uses, 7 3, 104b Census of Useful People: committee methods, 118,201- 303 Charts: class room use, 69 Chud Lite, Cycle of: publi- cation reference to, 3x8 Child Welfare: arrangement of material, 90, 97; health conferences, 83-^3; Louisville exhibition, 119; national com- mittees, 83-83; pubUcations, 318, 3X9, 320; reproduction of panels, sof; specialized knowledge, 33; window ex- hibits, 46. See also Baby Week Campaigns Chubb, Percival: publications by, 2x8 Circles: for statistics and per- centages, 6oa; illustrations, 6oa, 6oc; use of diagrams, 73, 74 Class Room Exhibits: ex- amples, 49; teaching value of, 49 College of the City of New York: municipal exhibit, 44i 45 Committees: administrative, 1x3, 1x7; community organi- sation, X09; construction, 206- 307; co-operation of advisory, xio-iix; county oiganiza- tions, 304; directory of or- ganizations, 109-113, 3o8-3xx; executive, appointment of, 113-1x4; follow-up work, X 57- 158, 184, X89; information, 205-206; management, xx8, 125; office helpers, 20^; on exhibits, X15-117; outlines of work, X99-2 1 X ; permanent, iio-xxx; promotion, 1x8, X 23- 124; special days, X99-201; specialists for, xxo-xx2, xxj- 336 \ t INDEX XX4; special sessions, 200; sup- plementaxy, 1x8; temporary, ixo-xii; traveling campaign outlined, x 79-180; useful people census, xx8, 20X-203; ushers, 207-208; volimteere, 1 15-1x6. See also Of fam'sa/^ Community Exhibitions: child welfare, 33-34, 221; examples, 32; government publications, 220, 22x; oxganization, X09; scope of, 3X, 32; U. S. De- paxtment of Agriculture bul- letin, 23X. See also Fairs Concessions: restaurant, 132; service charges and fees, 131 Conferences: baby health, 82- 83; use and suitability, 82-83 Connolly, Louise: publication on museums, 219 Construction: assembling, problems of, x2o, X22-X23; conmiittee work, 206-207; cost of panels and materials, X82, X83, X9x; designing and directing, 12X-X22; special- i2ed knowledge, forms of, X19- x2o; suit case exhibit, 5oe; volunteers, 122 Content and Form: appro- priate material, tests of, 54- 59; audience, material for, 55-56; direct form of presen- tation, 59; educational cam- paign illustrated, 185-191; in- formation sources, 6a-6i; oc- casion a factor, 58; one-idea principle, 57; questions on, 30; space occupied, 58-59; statistics, 53-54; subject mat- ter, choosing of, 53-54; travel- ing campaign illustrated, 170- 174 Contrasting Exhibits: ex- plainer's story, 215-216; illus- tration of models, 36b, 54a, 78b, 98a, i86b; objects and modek, 75-76, 90b, 90C Convention Exhibition: de- partmental, 36; examples, 34- 35; extent and opportunities, 35; National Confexence of Social Work, 34-3S Cooking Demonstrations: ex- hibit value of, x6, 56, 78-79; process by stages, 78-79; pro- gram reference, 79 Cost. See Expenditures Damon, G. A.: publication by, 2x8 Dearholt, H. E.: publication by, on health education, 218 Decoration: attractive schemes of, 97 Demonstration: appropriate material, 56; cooking, 16, 56, 78-79, 9od; demonstrator's ability, 78, 79, 80; floor and wall space, 94-95; fly menace, 13, X2i; group activities, 80; illustrations, 78a, 78b, 8ob; instruction and duties of, 12&-129; processes ex- hibited, 31, 78-79 Diagrams: foiias, and sug- gested uses, 73-74; illustra- tions, 6oa, 6ob, 60C, 74b. See also Panels Directors: selection and re- sponsibility, 113-114 "Drop In" Exhibition: ad- vantages, 4X-42 Dupucation: examples, 50-51; social welfare organizations, 50-52; value of reproduction, 50-52. See also Miniature Reproductions 237 INDEX Educahonai; Campaign: Bureau of Education, bulletin, aai: Oiwnty School Fairs in Vii^ giiiia, 222; example, and luetliodso! planning, 185-191; poit caids and cartoons, S4d, loib; pubHdty methods, 148; taaclung foreigners, 13, 121, See also IllmtraHom; Puh- EopcATiONAt Exhibition Co.: publication reference, 218 KMMWiE of TlAVELlNO CAM- PAIGN, 167-185 Exhibit: relation to exhibition, 10 ExaiBR Making. See Cm- stmHm Exhibit Methods: booth at 'i'^f 43~44; class rooms, 48- 49; community exhibitions, 11-34; convention, 34-36; dMtnbution of duplicate, co- Sa; "drop in" exhibitions, 41-43; loan exhibits, 40-41; platform speaking^ 49-50; po9l offices, 48; social wd&iie inineums, 44-45; time, place, «nd. circumstances, 30-31; touring, 38-40; tram exhibits, 36-39; waiting room exhibits, 47-48; window displays, 46-47 Expbniiitubes: budget plan- miiig, 7, 159-161, 165, i8i- i8j, loi; contributed and chained service, 131, 160-161; distribution, mistakes of, 164- 165; National Conamittee for Prevention of Blindness, 191; typical budgets, 162-164, 181- 183, 191 ExpLAiNiis: aid to visitors, 101-104; function of, 18-19, X 28-1 29; salesman's rdle, 102; story on welfare work, 215- 216; suggestions for, 104; volunteers, 128 22B Eye Accidents: National Com- mittee campaign, 185-191; panel, illustrations, 64b, i86a Faiis, Exhibits at: booths, 43; department publications on, 221, 222; examples of exhibits, 43; farmers* bulletins, 220, 221; school fairs in Virginia, 222 Flashing Devices: advantage of, 77; illustrations of panels, 88b Floor Management: who com- pose, 127 Flooi Space: advantageous planning! 89-100; arrange- ment of material, 90-94; demonstration platforms, 94- 95$ exhibit placing, 91^; floor plans, accuracy of, 89, 99-100; illustrations of plans, 98b, 98c; purposes in ar- ranging, 96-97; space allot- ment, 98-99 FoGHT, H. W.: pubh'cation on agricultural education by, 221 Follow-Up WoEK: committees, permanent organization, 157, 184; mailing lists, 156, 189; preparation for, 7, 152-153; printed matter, distribution o^ 153-154, 156, 189-190; volunteer service, 155 Food: concession agreements, 132; cooking demonstrations, 16, 56, 78-79» 9od; Depart- ment of Agriculture publica- tions, 218, 220, 221; illustra- tions, joa, 50b, 50C, 94b, 154a; milk show, 219; plan of floor, 98b; restaurant panel, 68a; train demonstration, 9od Foreigners: purpose of exhibit, 13; teaching audiences of, 121, 137 INDEX Forms of Material: confer- ences, 82-83; demonstration, 78-80; devices and methods, 63-88; diagrams, 73-74; im- pressive programs, 86-88; mo- tion pictures, 85-86; moving devices, 77; objects and mod- els, 74-76; panels, 64-67, 69- 70; photographs, 71-72; plays and tableaus, 83-84; posters, 6 7 ; sketches and maps, 7 2-73 ; speech and action, 77; stere- opticon talks, 84. See also Slides Garden Exhibits: people to interest, 21 Gould, R. G.: floor plan of food show, 98b Graphs: charts and placards, 69 Group Demonstration: classi- fication, 24-27; placing exhibit units, 91-93; selecting audi- ences, 24-29; significance of, 80; table exhibits, 93, 94; teaching value of, 80; con- trasting groups illustrated, 90b, 90C, 98d Halftones: panel and poster reproductions, 68, 68a, 69 Hall, S. R. : publication on ad- vertising, 218 HiNE, Lewis: photographs by, on child labor, 72c Hollingworth, H. L.: publica- tion on advertising and sell- ing, 218 Illustrations: advertising de- vices, 136a, 136b; announce- ment for display, 142a, 142b; bulletin board poster, 72a; cam- paign printed matter, 136b; circles, for statistics, 6oa, 6oc; cleverness vs. clearness, 74b; contrasting exhibits, 36b, 78b; contrasting models, 98a; dem- onstrations, contrasting exhib- its, 36b, 78b, 98d; demonstra- tion on train, 9od; diagrams, uninteresting panels, 60a, 60b, 6oc; exhibit panel, 64b; feeble- mindedness, panels on, 6od, 6oe; floor plan of food show, 98b; floor plan Springfield survey exhibition, 98c; food demonstration exhibits, 50a, sob, 50c, 94b; group demon- stration, 8ob, 90c, 98d; health exhibit panel,5oe; health poster and cartoons, 54d, 104b; indus- trial welfare panel, 64a; "last word" section of exhibition, 104a; layout sheet, 88a; lighting devices, panels, 88b; map, pic- turesque use of, 74a; minia- ture and models, 14a, 54a, 74a, i86b; model and sketch, fly menace, 76a; motion dia- gram, 76b; moving models, 76b; musical program with exhibit, 80a; overloaded panel, 14b; pamphlet display on train, 154a; panel groups, 90a; panel, eye accidents, 64b, i86a; panel of restaurant worker, 68a; panels, objects attached, 72d,94b; panel reproductions, 5of; photographs, industrial welfare, 72b, 72c; picture panels on feeble-mindedness, 6oe; play court a feature, 81; playhouse of exhibition, 86a; posters for slide, 68b; posters on babies' sore eyes, 24a, 24b; prevention of blindness panels, 64b, 1 86a; scene from play, 86b; sequence of ideas panel, 90a; suit case exhibits, sod, Soe; train exhibits, 36a, 98d; unattractive panels, 6oa, 6oc; uninteresting exhibit groups, 90b; wage commissions, panel, 54b; window card, 142a; win- dow exhibits, soa, 50b, 50c I 229 INDEX luusxBATivE Plans: aims, i68, i%-i86; application of prin- oges, 167-191; audiences, 168-169, 186; booths, 174 cjnunittee assignments, lya- 181; cost, distribution of, 181-183, 191; explainers, 179; extension work, 184-185; fol- low-up campaign, 183-184; fcal material, 179-180; mal- m panels and models, 174, loo; oiganization and com- mittees, 178-181; outline of tacts, 170-171, 186-187; out- of-town people reached, 180; PJjel forms, 171-173, 187- 188; program, 180; publicity, 177-178, 180, 181, 188-190; •pedal days, 180; speech and action, 175-177 Industrial Weifase: cam- paign for prevention of blind- ness, 185-191; material, ar- langement of, 90; museums of safety, 44-45 Intosmahon: committee meth- ods, 205-206, 208; sources of, 60-61. See also EdmaHomi vampatgn Instruction: cihibit a factor m, 4; people who seek, 1-4: problems of exhibitors, 2, V S-ii; school room exhibits, 48- 49; ^ sdso Educational Cam- pmgn International Harvester Co • publication reference, ai8 iNTiatPRETiVE Features: con- ipicuous titles, 105-106; ex- piamers, 101-104; explanatory talks, 104-105; printed mat- ter, 106 Jenkins, H. D.: playlets by, 217 Labels: arrangement and size, 94; interpretation through 105, 106 230 Leapleis: panel reproductions, 69 * LnoTAnONS: educational work 19 Lindsay, Vachel: survey publi- cations, 218 Loan Exhibits: examples, 40; m combination with local, 40* museums and libraries, 45' publicity for, 148-151; schools and colleges, 49; uses sug- gested, 41, 45, 46; window display, 46 Mailing Lists: valuable for follow-up work, 156, 189 Management: difficulty of, 125-126; floor workers, 127 Maps: background, and other use of , 73; illustrations, 74a; methods of making, by W. Z. lupleyi 220; notes on use of. by G. T. Swarts, Jr., 221 MATpiAL: SeeAppropriakMa- iaial; Arrangemmi of Mate- nal; Forms of Material Messengers: committee work. 208 ' Methods. Sec Exhibit Methods Miniature Reproductions: il- lustration, 14a; models and settings, 74-76; schools and plawrounds, 76; types of kitchens, 75-76 Models: educational value of 7S; examples of contrasting' 75-76; gardens and yaids, 76; illustrations, 54a, 98a, 186b; miniature types of, 74-76; playgrounds, 76; pubHcation on, by C. J. Storey, 221; school buildings, 76; Sing Sing prison cell, 75 INDEX Moran, J. S.: Community Fair by, 221 MOREE, £. A.: public health publicity by, 218 Motion Pictures: agents for fibns, 86; appropriateness, 85, 86; exhibit panel, 68, 68a Moving Devices: flash and lighting novelties, 77; illustra- tions, 88b Multiplication op Panels: reproductions illustrated, 5of. See also Duplications Museums: educational publica- tion, 219; loan collections, 45; social welfare exhibits, 44-45 National Association poh Study and Prevention op Tuberculosis: health placard illustrated, 5od; publications by, 218; suit case exhibits, 5od, 5oe; traveling campaign, 39 National Child Labor Com- mittee: reproductions, 51; suit case exhibits, 49 National Child Welfare As- sociation: publication refer- ences, 219; reproductions of exhibits, 51 National "Clean Up and Paint Up" Campaign Bu- reau: publications by, 219 National Committee for Pre- vention OF Blindness: cam- paign plan, 50, 52, 185-191 National Committee of Pa- triotic Societies: publica- tions by, 219 National Conference of So- cial Work: convention exhi- bitions, 34, 36 251 National Conference of Tu- berculosis Secretaries: re- port on exhibits, 219 National Safety Council: publicity methods, 188-189, 190 Newark Museum Association: publications, 219 News: exhibit advertising, 139- 141; newspaper co-operation, 140 New York Social Hygiene Soqety: health exhibit, illus- tration of, 36a New York State Exhibit on Prison Reform: traveling campaign, 39 Office Helpers: committee work, 203. See also Volunteers One-Idea Principle, 57 One- Way Plan: advantages of , 97-98 Organization: administrative machinery, 114-115; business plan for an exhibit, 5-10; committee on directory, 208- 211; committees, kinds of, 115-118; demonstrators and ushers, 129, 130; design and construction of exhibits, 119- 123; director, and staff, 113- 114; division of responsibility, 109; executive committee, 113; explainers, 128-129; floor managers, 127-128; follow-up committees, 157, 184; group- ings of, 209-210; handling school children, 130; installa- tion and oversight, 126-127; paid workers, 131; permanent and temporary, 110-112; pub- licity, 123-124; sales and con- cessions, 131-132; skilful man- agement, 125-126; staff spe- 'I INDEX INDEX ciaist, I lo-i 1 1 ; subdivisioii of work and workers, 112-113; tnveling campaign outlined, 178-181; why needed, 108. See also Committees Obboihe, F. J.: publication by, on social hygiene, 219 Oversight: installation, 126; responsible inspectors, 127 Paid Wokkers: assist floor uaniig^, 131 PANAMA-PAailClNTElNATIONAI, Exposition: exhibit report, 219 Panels: baby week exhibit, 212-214; convenience and use of, 64-67: diagrams, attrac- tiveness of, 73-74; educational campaign illustrated, 187; il- liaatimtions of diagrams, 60a, fie*, iJoc, 6od, 6oe, 65, 90ft; lantem slides, 70; layout, prepration of, 66-67; maps, various uses, 73; overloaded, iilustiated, 15; photographs lot, ^72; planning and prep- antion, 66-67; poster repro> dictions, 69, 70; prevention of blindness, 187; ruled sheet for layout, 66; selection of iiittcria],66; size, 66; sketches used on, 72-73; traveling cam- paign illustrated, 172-174 Parsons, F. A.: publication on advertising, 220 PATiionc Food Show: govern- ment bulletins, 219, 221; illu- strations, soa, sob, soc, 94b; window displays, 46 Pennsylvania Department of Health: exhibit reports, 220 Pennsylvania Exhibit on Feeble-Mindedness: travel- ing campaign, 39 Permanent Organization: ad- ministration of, 110-112 Personal Pubuoty: co-opera- tive campaigns, 143-146 Photographs: enlargement of, 71; illustrations, 72b, 72c; size for panels, 71; use and . substitutes, 72 Placards: directions for pkc- in«» 59d, 92; for announce- ments, 69 Planning an Exhibit: outline of methods, 5-1 1, 167-191. See also Illustrative Plans Platform Exhibits: examples, 49; material and uses, 49, 50 Play Directors: group inter- pretation, 80 Plays: attractive themes, 83- 84; illustrations, Sob, 81, 86a, 86b Portable Material: uses lecommended, 49, 50 Post, A. E.: milk show report edited by, 219 Posters: display purposes, 54d, 67-68, 69; panel reproductions, 69. See also ///i^(fa(fim5 Prison Reform: traveling ex- hibit plan, 167-185 Problems: outline of plan to meet, 5-11; people who seek advice, 2-3 Programs: considerations in planning, 86-88, 106; motion pictures and addresses, 87, 88; printed matter, preparation of, 106; souvenir, 142; travel- ing campaign outlined, 175- 176 PuBuaTY: advertising, 141- 142; advertisement designers, 122; committee on informa- tion, 205-206; committee on promotion, 118; determining methods of, 136-138; distri- bution methods, 188-190; edu- cational, 148; messenger ser- vice, 208; methods that at- tract, 133-136, 188-190; news items, 139-141; organization, 123-124; out-of-town work, 146-147; "personal" cam- paigns, 143-146; prevention of blindness, 188-190; Prin- ciples of Successful Church Advertising, 220; printed mat- ter for foUow-up work, 153- 154, 156, 188-191; Psychology of Advertising, 220; sale and loan methods, 148-15 1 ; travel- ing campaign outlined, 177- 178 PuBuc Opinion: how to create, 14-17 Purpose: definiteness of, essen- tial, 14-16; object vague, 12, 14; practical demonstration, I3i 16 Reproductions. See Duplica- tion; Miniature Reproduction; Multiplication Responsibiuty: co-operative committees, 108-114 Restaurant: necessity for, 132 Ripley, W. Z.: publication by, on map making, 220 RouTZAHN, E, G.: welfare pub- lication by, 220 RouTZAHN, M. S.: food show pamphlet by, 220 Russell Sage Foundation: exhibit publications, 220 Ryan, Jr., W. C. : publication on educational exhibits, 221 School Children: plan for handling, 130; publicity through, i35j 137, 144-14$ Scott, W. D.: publication on advertising, 220 Service: administrative, 197- 198; budget for, 195-198; committee work outlined, 199- 211; construction work, 196; kinds needed, 195, 196, 197; messenger, 208. See also Volunteers Settings: exhibit objects, value of, 74, 75; models. effective, 74-76 Sherbow, Benjamin: publica- tion by, on advertising and printing typography, 142, 221 Sketches: cartoons and color illustrations, 54d, 72, 73, 104b; panel forms, 72; relation to subject matter, 72-73 Slides: effective use of, 50, 70; illustration of posters, 68b; panel reproductions, 69-70 Social Museum of Harvard University: sociological ex- hibit, 44, 4S Social Welfare: American Museum of Natural History, 44; American Museum of Safety Exhibits, 44; College of City of New York, 44, 45; contrasting exhibits, 75-76, 215-216; distribution of mate- rial for, 50-52; exhibit plan outlined, 5-1 1; explainer's story on, 215-216; govern- ment publications, 220-221; information sources, 60; mul- tiplication of exhibits, 50-52; museums, 44-45 ; national committees, 50-51; National Safety Council, 188, 189, 190; people who seek advice, 2; 235 ■I i ii it giBj M a Mgiiagfc; INDEX Pjacaids, 69; pkylets by H. D. Jenkins, 217; publica- tions, 217-332; visualizing tbe audience, i, 2; wage com- aiiaiioiis, states having, S4&- Sie also BiUiograpky; IttuS' iraiiom Special Days: committee meth- ods, 199-201; personal cam- paigns, 143-146 Spkoalists : construction, group- ing of, 1 19-120; co-operative oonunittees, iio-ri2, 113-114; exhibit making, 1 19-123; per- manent organization, 110-112; publicity methods, 133-136; understanding audiences, 121 Special Methods: effective pres- entation, 13-19 Speech AND Action: importance of, 77-78; traveling campaign Spwncpieii) Survey Exhibi- HOn: committees for, 117- 118; floor plan illustrated, 98c; illustrations of exhibits, 86a. 88b, 94a ' Stampoid (Conn.) Exhibit: baby week campaign, 212-214 Starch, Daniel: publication on advertising, 221 State Campaigns: examples of, 39; traveling exhibit plan, 167-18S SoLiLE, Charles: publication an church advertising, 221 Stbreopticons: vahie of, 84. See also Slides Storey, C. J.: publications by, on models and statistical ex- hibits, 231 Storey, Walter: floor plan Springfield Survey exhibition, 98c; hiyout sheet design, 88a; moving models by, 76b Strong, A. L. : child welfare pub- lication by, 221 Suit Case Exhibits: illustra- tion of panel, sod, soe; plat- form use, 49 Survey, The: descriptive ar- ticles in, 218, 222 SwARTS, Jr., G. T.: pubUcation by, on maps and charts, 221 Temporary Organization: ad- ministration of, 110-112 Train Exhibits: advantages and disadvantages, 37-38; demonstration of bread mak- ing, 9od; examples, 36, 167; illustrations of demonstrations, 36a, 98d Traveling Campaigns: educa- tional value, 38-39; example, and methods of planning, 167- 18s; examples, 39; formal programs harmful, 87-88; or- ganization, 109; on feeble- mindedness, 39; prison reform, 39f 167-185; tuberculosis, 39 Tuberculosis: health educa- tion work, 218; illustrations, Sod,5oe, S4d, 104b; publication reports, 219; traveling exhibit on, 39 United States Government Publications, 221 Upson, L. D.: on municipal ex- hibits, 223 Useful People: card catalogue of, 118; census methods, 118, 301-202 Ushers: committee methods, 207 234 INDEX Volunteers: explainers, 128; follow-up service, 155, 156, 184; on exhibit committees, 115-116, 125; service, how directed, 116, 122 Wage Commissions: functions, and states having, 54b; panel illustrated, 54c Waiting Room Exhibits: ex- amples, 47-48; posters, 48; railroad stations and post offices, 48 Window Exhibit: decorator's skill valuable, 47; educational features, 47; examples, 46; illustrations, 50a, 50b, 50c; uses, and vsdue of, 46-47 WiNSLOW, C.-E. a.: public health publicity by, 223 Young Men's Christian Asso- ciation: campaign plans and material, 222 235 4 iH .m •yy m |||l i l l ! ■iP II T=?7G Routzahn The abo of exhibit planning S£Fu6lS94 >. NEH COLUMBIA UNIVERS TY LIBRARIES 00414 9170 s^ •^,Si^'.: m ml 'jSWiwifjnffi ^ 1 1 k .IIS xm^. m 1 = ,»».« '^'i-^'M,. Tl OF ■HMP ■■■■